electric multi-turn actuators - auma · electric multi-turn actuators for high torque requirements...

F05 – F014 . SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2Swing angle: djustable between 75° and < 105° . IP 68 . SQ 05.2 SQ 07.2 . Turns for 90°: 11 – 70 EMC: (2004/108/EG) (2006/42/EG)

. Enclosure protection according to EN 60529. F05 Valve attachment EN ISO 5211 F05 F07 F12 F14 . KS, KX, KX-G . 50 Hz, 60 Hz Position feedback signal, analogue (options) Potentiometer or 0/4 – 20 mA (RWG)

Standard voltages: 3-phase AC current - voltages/frequencies Volt 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 . Hz 50 . Intermittent duty S4 - 25 % . IP 68Power depending on the size 12.5 – 25 W . Weight approx. 44 kg . SQR 07.2 Valve attachment Standard EN ISO 5211. Option DIN3210. SQ 07.2 - F05. KSSwing angle: 75° to < 105°, 15° to < 45°, 45° to < 75°, 105° to < 135° . IP 68Ambient temperature –40 °C to +80 °C. Category III according to IEC60364-4-443. F05

3-ph AC asynchronous motor , type IM B9 according to IEC 60034 . Blinker transmitterSQR 12.2 . 3-ph AC asynchronous motor IM B9 . Min. 75 Nm Max. 300 NmPower tool for emergency operation with square 30 mm Standard Metric threads, square bore, bore with two-flats . IP 68

SQR 05.2: F05,F07. SQR 07.2: F07, F10. SQR 10.2: F10, F12 .

SQR 12.2: F12, F14.SQR 14.2: F14, F16. Handwheel lockable Options: F, tropicalized Handwheel Ø 160 mm

Thermoswitches (NC)50 Hz 60 Hz

SQR 07.2Weight approx. 21 kg . AUMA Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %

F05, SQR 07.2: F07,F10. SQR 07.2:

F07, F10.SQR 10.2:F10. SQR14.2: F14.

SQR 14.2: F14 SQR14.2: F16.

AC 01.2 Actuator controls

External supply 24 V DC +20 %/–15 %Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA NO contacts max. 250 V AC , 5 A . Bluetooth

class II . Control voltage 24 V DC . Profibus. SPPKS, KX . Current consumption 380 to 500 V AC

Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET . IP 68 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE . Default

configuration: End position CLOSED, Torque fault OPEN . Thyristor unit . 5 potential-free NO contacts

Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443 . Pollution degree 4 . Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA

AC 01.2 Actuator controls . Bluetooth class II

Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET Current consumption 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA

Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443 . Thyristor unit Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE . NO contacts max. 250 V AC, 5 A

Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET. –25 °C to +70 °C . 12 output contactsPermissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 % . IEC 60068-2-6 1 g, from 10 Hz to 200 Hz

Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA . Output signals: 5 potential-free NO contactsStandard voltages: 3-phase AC current voltages/frequencies . Volt 380, 400, 415, 440, 460, 480, 500 . Hz 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 50 . Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE . Graphic LC display

1-phase AC current voltages/frequencies . Volt 110, 115, 120, 220, 230, 240 . Hz 60, 50 . AUMA NE 107 . Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA . Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN . F16 . IP 68

Special voltages: 3-phase AC current voltages/frequencies Volt 525, 575, 660, 690 . 1-phase AC current voltages/frequencies Volt 208. Hz 50, 50, 50, 50 Hz 60 . 24 V DC +20 %/–15 %

PID EMERGENCY Stop TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000 . Control voltage 24 V

SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2 Speed 4 – 216 1/min.

Torque range S2-15 minS2-30 min. F07. Valve attachment. F10. Min. 10 [Nm] . Max. 710 [Nm] Max. Ø rising. stem 26 mm . Pulse

duration . Weight approx. 19 kgHandwheel Ø 160 [mm] . Reduction ratio 11:1 8:1 . Handwheel lockable . Insulation

class Standard: F, tropicalized. F16. 3-ph AC asynchronous motor, type IM B9

according to IEC 60034. AUMAF07, F10. Terminal plan

TPA00R1AA-001-000 F14, F16 . 60 Hz . IP 68

SA07.2. Valve attachment Standard: B1 according to EN ISO 5210 . Type of duty: Standard: Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %

RWG 0/4 – 20 mA . Options: A, B2, B3, B4 according to EN ISO 5210Turns per stroke: 2 to 500 . Ambient temperature –40 °C to +80 °C

IP 68 . (EMC): (2004/108/EG) , (2006/42/EG) . Weight approx. 19 kg50 Hz . F10 . AUMA . Self-locking. SAR07.2: 19/20 . SAR07.6: 20/21 SAR10.2: 22/25 . Enclosure protection according to EN 60529 IP 68. Volt

220, 230, 240, 380, 400, 415, Hz 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60AUMA . Category III according to IEC 60364- 4-443 Power tool for emergency operation with square 30mm or 50 mm. F07,F 10, F14 IP 68 Standard: Intermittent duty

S4 - 25 %SAR14.2:

SAR14.6:SAR16.2:

Finish coating Two-component iron-mica

combination

44/48;46/53;

67/79/83;Powder paint

21/25;

Certificate Registration No.12 100/104 4269

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION 2018SA 25.1 – SA 48.1SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1AM 01.1 / AM 02.1 AC 01.2

ELEC

TRIC

MU

LTI-T

URN

AC

TUA

TORS

FO

R H

IGH

TO

RQU

E RE

QU

IREM

ENTS

TEC

HN

ICA

L D

OC

UM

ENTA

TIO

N 2

018

ELECTRIC MULTI-TURN ACTUATORSfor industrial valve automations with high torque requirements

Subject to changes without notice. The product features and technical data provided do not express or imply any warranty. Y006.534/003/en/1.18

AUMA Riester GmbH & Co. KGAumastr. 1D-79379 MuellheimTel +49 7631-809-0 Fax +49 [email protected]

AUMA subsidiaries or representatives are implanted in more than 70 countries. For detailed contact information, please refer to www.auma.com

titel_grossantriebe_2018_en_ruecken_18mm.indd Alle Seiten 05.03.2018 06:33:37

Manual Technical documentation 1st edition 2018

We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made.

Please refer to our website: www.auma.com to access the individual documents included in this folder. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document.

Table of contents

1 Technical data Actuators 5

Multi-turn actuators 6 2 Technical data Actuator controls 23

AM Actuator controls 24 AC Actuator controls 27 Accessories 90 3 Technical data Miscellaneous 93

Output drive types 94 Switches 97 Position transmitter 99 Reduction gearings 102 Corrosion protection 104 Painting specifications 111 Lubricants 115 Accessories 120 4 Electrical data Actuators 125

Multi-turn actuators 126 5 Dimensions Actuators/Actuator controls 171

Multi-turn actuators 172 Accessories 276 6 Dimensions Output drives 187

Multi-turn actuators 188 7 Spare parts lists 201

Multi-turn actuators 202 Actuator controls 206 8 Wiring diagrams 215

Actuators 216 AM Actuator controls 221 AC Actuator controls 229

1 Technical data Actuators

Multi-turn actuators for open-close duty SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 with 3-phase AC motors 6 SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UW with 3-phase AC motors for continuous underwater use 10 SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 torques at different running times 13 for modulating duty SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 with 3-phase AC motors 14 SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UW with 3-phase AC motors for continuous underwater use 17 for open-close and modulating duty SA/SAR, S2-15 min., S4 – 25 % torques for differential voltages 19 SA/SAR, S2-30 min., S4 – 50 % torques for differential voltages 20 SA/SAR, manual force at handwheel at multi-turn actuators 21

1. T

echn

ical

dat

a

Act

uato

rs

General information

AUMA NORM multi-turn actuators require electric controls. For sizes SA 25.1 – SA 48.1, AUMA offers AM or AC actuator controls. These can also easily be mounted to the actuator at a later date.

Notes on table

1) Torque range The tripping torque is adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE within the indicated torque range.

2) Valve attachment Indicated flange sizes apply for output drive types A and B1.

Refer to separate dimension sheets for further output drive types.

3) Weight Indicated weight includes AUMA NORM multi-turn actuator with 3-phase AC motor, electrical connection in standard version, output drive type B1 and handwheel.

4) Output speed On request

Type Output speed rpm

Torque range1) Number of starts Valve attachment2) Handwheel Weight3)

50 Hz 60 HzMin. [Nm]

S2-15 min Max. [Nm]

S2-30 min Max. [Nm]

Max. [1/h]

Standard EN ISO 5210

Option DIN 3210

Max. Ø steig. Spindel

[mm]Ø

[mm]Reduct.

ratioapprox.

[kg]

SA 25.1

44) 4.84)

6302,000 1,400

40 F25 G4 95 400

45 : 1

150

5.64) 6.74) 32 : 18 9.6 45 : 111 13 32 : 116 19 45 : 122 26 32 : 132 38 45 : 1

160

45 54 32 : 163 75 45 : 190 108 32 : 1125 150 1,700 1,200 22.5 : 1180 216 1,400 1,000 16 :1

SA 30.1

4 4.8

1,2504,000 2,800

40 F30 G5 115 500

44 : 1

190

5.6 6.7 33 : 18 9.6 44 : 111 13 33 : 116 19 44 : 122 26 33 : 132 38 44 : 1

26045 54 33 : 163 75 44 : 190 108 33 : 1125 150 3,200 2,200 22 : 1180 216 2,800 2,000 16.5 : 1

SA 35.1

4 4.8

2,500 8,000 5,700 30 F35 G6 155 400

184 : 1

410

5.6 6.7 132 : 18 9.6 184 : 111 13 132 : 116 19 184 : 122 26 132 : 132 38 92 : 1

42545 54 66 : 190 108 5,500 3,800 33 : 1

SA 40.1

4 4.8

5,00016,000 11,200

20 F40 G7 175 500

184 : 1

510

5.6 6.7 128 : 18 9.6 184 : 111 13 128 : 116 19 184 : 122 26 128 : 132 38 14,000 9,800 90 : 145 54 10,000 7,000 64 : 1

SA 48.1

4 4.8

10,000 32,000 22,400 20 F48 – 175 630

180 : 1

7505.6 6.7 132 : 18 9.6 180 : 111 13 132 : 116 19 180 : 1

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1AUMA NORMTechnical data Multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motors

We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document.

Y006.545/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/4

Features and functions

Type of duty Standard: Short-time duty S2 - 15 min, classes A and B according to EN 15714-2

Option: Short-time duty S2 - 30 min, classes A and B according to EN 15714-2

For nominal voltage and +40 °C ambient temperature and at load with 35 % of the max. torque.

Motors 3-phase AC asynchronous motor, type IM B9 according to IEC 60034-7, IC410 cooling procedure according to IEC 60034-6

Mains voltage, mains frequency Standard voltages:

3-phase AC current Voltages/frequencies

Volt 220 230 380 380 400 400 415 440 460 480 500

Hz 60 50 50 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50

Special voltages:


Volt 220 440 525 575 600 660 690

Hz 50 50 50 60 60 50 50

Further voltages on request

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %

Permissible variation of mains frequency: ±5 %

Overvoltage category Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443

Insulation class Standard: F, tropicalized

Option: H, tropicalized

Motor protection Standard: Thermoswitches (NC)

Option: PTC thermistors (according to DIN 44082)

PTC thermistors additionally require a suitable tripping device in the actuator controls.

Self-locking Self-locking: Output speeds up to 90 rpm (50Hz) or 108 rpm (60Hz) and from size SA 35.1 for output speeds up to 22 rpm (50Hz) or 26 (60Hz)

NOT self-locking: SA 25.1 and SA 30.1 for output speeds from 125 rpm (50Hz) or 150 rpm (60Hz) and from size SA 35.1 for output speeds from 32 rpm (50Hz) or 38 (60Hz)

Multi-turn actuators are self-locking if the valve position cannot be changed from standstill while torque acts upon the output drive.

Motor heater (option) Voltages: 110 – 120 V AC, 220 – 240 V AC or 380 – 480 V AC

Power depending on the size 12.5 – 25 W

Manual operation Manual drive for setting and emergency operation, handwheel does not rotate during electrical operation

Options: Handwheel lockable

Handwheel stem extension

Power tool for emergency operation with square 30 mm or 50 mm

Electrical connection Controls: AUMA plug/socket connector with screw-type connection

Motor: Terminals within motor connection compartment

Options: Power connection via terminals or crimp type connection

Gold-plated control plug (sockets and plugs)

Threads for cable entries Standard: Metric threads

Options: Pg-threads, NPT-threads, G-threads

Terminal plan TPA00R1AA-101-000 (basic version)

Valve attachment Standard: B1 according to EN ISO 5210

Options: A, B2, B3, B4, C, D according to EN ISO 5210 A, B, D, E according to DIN 3210 C according to DIN 3338

Special valve attachments: AF, AK, AG, B3D, ED, DD (IB1 or IB3 only for size 25.1, larger sizes upon request A prepared for permanent lubrication of stem


Y006.545/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 2/4


Electromechanical control unit

Limit switching Counter gear mechanism for end positions OPEN and CLOSED

Turns per stroke: 2 to 500 (standard) or 2 to 5,000 (option)

Standard: Single switch (1 NC and 1 NO) for each end position, not galvanically isolated

Options: Tandem switch (2 NC and 2 NO) for each end position, switch galvanically isolated

Triple switch (3 NC and 3 NO) for each end position, switch galvanically isolated

Intermediate position switches (DUO limit switching), adjustable for each direction of operation

Torque switching Torque switching adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE

Standard: Single switch (1 NC and 1 NO) for each direction, not galvanically isolated

Option: Tandem switch (2 NC and 2 NO) for each direction, switch galvanically isolated

Switch contact materials Standard: Silver (Ag)

Option: Gold (Au), recommended for low voltage actuator controls

Position feedback signal, analogue (options)

Potentiometer or 0/4 – 20 mA (electronic position transmitter)

Mechanical position indicator (option)

Continuous indication, adjustable indicator disc with symbols OPEN and CLOSED

Running indication Blinker transmitter

Heater in switch compartment Standard: Self-regulating PTC heater, 5 – 20 W, 110 – 250 V AC/DC

Options: 24 – 48 V AC/DC or 380 – 400 V AC

A resistance type heater of 5 W, 24 V AC is installed in the actuator in combination with AM or AC actuator controls.

Electronic control unit (option, only in combination with AC actuator controls)

Non-Intrusive setting MWG magnetic limit and torque transmitter Turns per stroke: 1 to 500 (standard) or 10 to 5,000 (option)

Position feedback signal Via actuator controls

Torque feedback signal Via actuator controls


Continuous self-adjusting indication with symbols OPEN and CLOSED

Running indication Blinking signal via actuator controls

Heater in switch compartment Resistance type heater with 5 W, 24 V AC

Service conditions

Use Indoor and outdoor use permissible

Mounting position Any position

Installation altitude ≤ 2,000 m above sea level

> 2,000 m above sea level on request

Ambient temperature Standard: –30 °C to +70 °C

Options: –40 °C to +80 °C

–50 °C to +60 °C

–60 °C to +60 °C

0 °C to +120 °C

Humidity Up to 100 % relative humidity across the entire permissible temperature range

Enclosure protection according to EN 60529

Standard: IP67 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor

For special motors, differing enclosure protection is possible

Options: • IP68 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor • DS terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior of actuator (double sealed)

According to AUMA definition, enclosure protection IP68 meets the following requirements: • Depth of water: maximum 8 m head of water • Duration of continuous immersion in water: Max. 96 hours • Up to 10 operations during continuous immersion



Y006.545/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 3/4

Pollution degree according to IEC 60664-1

Pollution degree 4 (when closed), pollution degree 2 (internal)

Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6

2 g, 10 to 200 Hz (AUMA NORM), 1 g, 10 to 200 Hz (for actuators with AM or AC integral controls)

Resistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant. However, a fatigue strength may not be derived from this. Valid for multi-turn actuators in version AUMA NORM and in version with integral actuator controls, each with AUMA plug/socket connector. Not valid in combination with gearboxes.

Corrosion protection Standard: KS Suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and high pollution.

Options: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and high pollution.

KX-G Same as KX, however aluminium-free version (outer parts)

Coating Double layer powder coating Two-component iron-mica combination

Colour Standard: AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037)

Option: Available colours on request

Lifetime AUMA multi-turn actuators meet or exceed the lifetime requirements of EN 15714-2. Detailed information can be provided on request.

Further information

EU Directives Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC): (2014/30/EU)

Low Voltage Directive: (2014/35/EU)

Machinery Directive: (2006/42/EC)

Reference documents Brochure Electric actuators for industrial valve automation

Dimensions SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

Electrical data SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 with 3-phase AC motors

Technical data for switches

Technical data Electronic position transmitter/potentiometer

Technical data Sizing of reduction gearings

Technical data Manual forces at handwheel at multi-turn actuators SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1


Y006.545/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 4/4


General information

Multi-turn actuators for continuous underwater use require AC actuator controls. The controls are mounted on a wall bracket and are not immersed. A special cable set for connection between actuator and actuator controls is required.

Notes on table


2) Valve attachment Indicated flange sizes apply for output drive type B1.


3) Weight Indicated weight includes multi-turn actuator with 3-phase AC motor and output drive type B1.



Type of duty Standard: Short-time duty S2 - 15 min, classes A and B according to EN 15714-2

Option: Short-time duty S2 - 30 min, classes A and B according to EN 15714-2

For nominal voltage and +40 °C ambient temperature and at load with 35 % of the max. torque.




Volt 220 230 380 380 400 400 415 440 460 480 500

Hz 60 50 50 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50

Special voltages:


Volt 220 440 525 575 600 660 690

Hz 50 50 50 60 60 50 50






Torque range1) Number of starts Valve attachment2) Weight3)


S2-15 min Max. [Nm]

S2-30 min Max. [Nm]

Max. [1/h]


Option DIN 3210

approx. [kg]

SA 25.1-UW

44) 4.84)

6302,000 1,400

40 F25 G4

168

5.64) 6.74)

8 9.611 1316 1922 2632 38

178

45 5463 7590 108125 150 1,700 1,200180 216 1,400 1,000

SA 30.1-UW

4 4.8

1,2504,000 2,800

40 F30 G5

220

5.6 6.78 9.611 1316 1922 2632 38

290

45 5463 7590 108125 150 3,200 2,200180 216 2,800 2,000

SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UWTechnical data Multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motors for continu-ous underwater use


Y008.063/003 Issue 1.18 Page 1/3






Self-locking Self-locking: Output speeds up to 90 rpm (50Hz) or 108 (60Hz)

NOT self-locking: Output speeds from 125 rpm (50Hz) or 150 (60Hz)

Multi-turn actuators are self-locking if the valve position cannot be changed from standstill while torque acts upon the output drive.



Electrical connection The AUMA plug/socket connector is part of the cable set with wall bracket which must be ordered separately and which is customised for connection.

DS Terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior (double sealed)

Terminal plan TPA00R100-0I1-000 (basic version)


Options: B3, B4, D according to EN ISO 5210; B2 on request B, D, E according to DIN 3210

Special valve attachments: B3D, DD

Electronic control unit






Service conditions

Use For continuous underwater use as well as indoor and outdoor use.


Standard: Increased enclosure protection IP68-C15. The maximum permissible head of water is 15 m.

Option: Increased enclosure protection IP68-C60. The maximum permissible head of water is 60 m.



Ambient temperature –30 °C to +70 °C





2 g, 10 to 200 Hz


Corrosion protection KX-G Suitable for use in freshwater (Im1), seawater (Im2) and on seafloor (Im3), aluminium-free version (outer parts)

Coating Two-layer powder coating with additional wet painting





Y008.063/003 Issue 1.18 Page 2/3


Further information




Reference documents Brochure Electric actuators for continuous underwater use

Dimensions SA 25.1–UW – SA 30.1–UW/SAR 25.1–UW – SAR 30.1–UW with 3-phase AC motor for continuous underwater use

Electrical data SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 with 3-phase AC motors



Y008.063/003 Issue 1.18 Page 3/3

General information

For detailed technical data refer to Technical data Multi-turn actuators SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motors.

Notes on table

1) Torque Available torque at constant load for the indicated running time at an ambient temperature of 20°C.


Type of duty Short-time duty S2

For operation with constant load during a defined running time, the duration of the load is reduced so that the thermal equilibrium is not reached. This is observed for all values specified. Once the running time according to table has been reached applying the max. available torques, allow for suf-ficient time at actuator standstill to ensure that the device cools down to ambient temperature.

Service conditions

Ambient temperature The specified torques at constant load for the indicated running times are valid for an ambient temperature of 20 °C. For higher ambient temperatures, the running times of the torques mentioned in the table decrease accordingly.

Type Output speed

Max. adjustable torque

Motor Power

Torques1) at 100 % UN for running time

[rpm] [Nm] [kW]2 min [Nm]

5 min [Nm]

10 min [Nm]

15 min [Nm]

SA 25.1

4

2,000

1.1 2,000 1,450 1,100 8005.6 2,000 1,150 900 6508 3.0 2,000 2,000 1,900 1,60011 2,000 2,000 1,650 1,35016 4.0 2,000 1,750 1,200 95022 2,000 1,450 1,000 80032 7.5 2,000 1,900 1,700 1,25045 2,000 1,900 1,650 1,25063 15 2,000 1,650 950 70090 2,000 1,600 900 700125 1,700 15 1,600 1,200 700 550180 1,400 1,200 950 650 500

SA 30.1

4

4,000

2.2 4,000 3,600 3,100 2,6005.6 4,000 2,900 2,500 2,0008 5.5 4,000 4,000 2,500 1,80011 4,000 3,600 2,500 1,80016 7.5 4,000 3,900 2,700 2,00022 4,000 3,300 2,400 1,90032 15 4,000 4,000 2,000 1,30045 4,000 4,000 2,100 1,40063 30 4,000 2,400 1,400 1,00090 4,000 2,400 1,400 1,000125 3,200 30 3,000 1,700 1,100 800180 2,800 2,500 1,600 1,100 800

SA 35.1

4

8,000

4.0 8,000 5,800 4,600 3,5005.6 8,000 4,600 3,700 2,8008 7.5 8,000 8,000 5,500 4,20011 8,000 8,000 5,500 4,20016 15 8,000 7,600 5,500 4,30022 8,000 6,400 4,600 3,70032 20 8,000 8,000 5,500 4,00045 8,000 6,300 4,800 3,80090 5,500 30 4,800 3,600 2,800 2,200

SA 40.1

4

16,000

7.5 16,000 16,000 15,000 13,0005.6 16,000 14,000 12,000 10,0008 15 16,000 16,000 12,000 10,00011 16,000 16,000 12,000 10,00016 30 16,000 14,000 10,000 8,00022 14,000 11,000 8,500 7,00032 14,000 30 11,000 8,500 6,500 5,00045 10,000 9,000 6,500 5,000 4,000

SA 48.1

4

32,000

15 32,000 22,000 21,000 20,0005.6 32,000 17,000 16,500 16,0008 30 32,000 20,000 18,000 14,00011 32,000 16,000 14,000 11,00016 45 26,000 13,000 9,500 8,000

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1Technical Data Torques at different running times Short-time duty S2 - 15 min


Y006.548/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

General information

AUMA NORM multi-turn actuators require electric controls. For sizes SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1, AUMA offers AM or AC actuator controls. These can also easily be mounted to the actuator at a later date.

Notes on table


2) Modulating torque Maximum permissible torque for modulating duty

3) Pulse duration For identical direction of rotation: time during which the motor must be electrically supplied until there is a movement at the output drive.

4) Pulse duration on reversal For reversal of direction of rotation: time during which the motor must be electrically supplied until there is a movement at the output drive.

5) Valve attachment Indicated flange sizes apply for output drive types A and B1.


6) Weight Indicated weight includes AUMA NORM multi-turn actuator with 3-phase AC motor, electrical connection in standard version, output drive type B1 and handwheel.



Type of duty Standard: Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %, class C according to EN 15714-2

Option: Intermittent duty S4 - 50 %, class C according to EN 15714-2

Intermittent duty S5 - 25 % (insulation class H required), class C according to EN 15714-2

For nominal voltage and +40 °C ambient temperature and at modulating torque load.




Volt 220 230 380 380 400 400 415 440 460 480 500

Hz 60 50 50 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50

Special voltages:


Volt 220 440 525 575 600 660 690

Hz 50 50 50 60 60 50 50








Torque range1) Modulating torque2)

Number of starts

Pulse duration3)

Pulse dur. on rever-

sal4)

Valve attachment5) Handwheel Weight6)


S4-25% S5-25%

Max. [Nm]

S4-50% Max. [Nm]

S4-25% Max. [Nm]

S4-50% Max. [Nm]

Max. [1/h]

Min. [ms]

Max. [ms]


Option DIN

3210

Max. Ø steig. Spindel

[mm]Ø

[mm]Reduct.

ratioapprox.

[kg]

SAR 25.1

47) 4.87)

1,000 2,000 1,400 800 700 300 100

275

F25 G4 95 400

45 : 1

1505.67) 6.77) 220 32 : 18 9.6 155 45 : 111 13 130 32 : 1

SAR 30.1

4 4.8

2,000 4,000 2,800 1,600 1,400 300 100

275

F30 G5 115 500

44 : 1

1905.6 6.7 220 33 : 18 9.6 155 44 : 111 13 130 33 : 1

SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1AUMA NORMTechnical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motors


Y006.546/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/3




Self-locking Yes, multi-turn actuators are self-locking, if the valve position cannot be changed from standstill while torque acts upon the output drive.



Manual operation Manual drive for setting and emergency operation, handwheel does not rotate during electrical operation

Options: Handwheel lockable

Handwheel stem extension

Power tool for emergency operation with square 30 mm or 50 mm

Electrical connection Controls: AUMA plug/socket connector with screw-type connection

Motor: Terminals within motor connection compartment

Options: Power connection via terminals or crimp type connection

Gold-plated control plug (sockets and plugs)

Threads for cable entries Standard: Metric threads

Options: Pg-threads, NPT-threads, G-threads

Terminal plan TPA00R1AA-001-000 (basic version)


Options: A, B2, B3, B4, C, D according to EN ISO 5210 A, B, D, E according to DIN 3210 C according to DIN 3338

Special valve attachments: AF, AK, AG, B3D, ED, DD (IB1 or IB3 only for size 25.1, larger sizes upon request A prepared for permanent lubrication of stem

Electromechanical control unit

Limit switching Counter gear mechanism for end positions OPEN and CLOSED

Turns per stroke: 2 to 500 (standard) or 2 to 5,000 (option)

Standard: Single switch (1 NC and 1 NO) for each end position, not galvanically isolated

Options: Tandem switch (2 NC and 2 NO) for each end position, switch galvanically isolated

Triple switch (3 NC and 3 NO) for each end position, switch galvanically isolated

Intermediate position switches (DUO limit switching), adjustable for each direction of operation

Torque switching Torque switching adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE

Standard: Single switch (1 NC and 1 NO) for each direction, not galvanically isolated

Option: Tandem switch (2 NC and 2 NO) for each direction, switch galvanically isolated

Switch contact materials Standard: Silver (Ag)

Option: Gold (Au), recommended for low voltage actuator controls

Position feedback signal, analogue (options)

Potentiometer or 0/4 – 20 mA (electronic position transmitter)


Continuous indication, adjustable indicator disc with symbols OPEN and CLOSED

Running indication (option)

Blinker transmitter

Heater in switch compartment Standard: Self-regulating PTC heater, 5 – 20 W, 110 – 250 V AC/DC

Options: 24 – 48 V AC/DC or 380 – 400 V AC

A resistance type heater of 5 W, 24 V AC is installed in the actuator in combination with AM or AC actuator controls.

Electronic control unit (option, only in combination with AC actuator controls)





Y006.546/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 2/3



Continuous self-adjusting indication with symbols OPEN and CLOSED



Service conditions


Mounting position Any position



Ambient temperature Standard: -30 °C to +70 °C

Options: –40 °C to +70 °C

-50 °C to +60 °C

-60 °C to +60 °C

Temperatures exceeding +70 °C on request



Standard: IP67 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor

For special motors, differing enclosure protection is possible

Options: • IP68 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor • DS terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior of actuator (double sealed)

According to AUMA definition, enclosure protection IP68 meets the following requirements: • Depth of water: maximum 8 m head of water • Duration of continuous immersion in water: Max. 96 hours • Up to 10 operations during continuous immersion • Modulating duty is not possible during continuous immersion.




2 g, 10 to 200 Hz (AUMA NORM), 1 g, 10 to 200 Hz (for actuators with AM or AC integral controls)


Corrosion protection Standard: KS Suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and high pollution.

Options: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and high pollution.

KX-G Same as KX, however aluminium-free version (outer parts)

Coating Double layer powder coating Two-component iron-mica combination




Further information




Reference documents Brochure Electric actuators for industrial valve automation

Dimensions SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

Electrical data SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 with 3-phase AC motors



Technical data Sizing of reduction gearings

Technical data Manual forces at handwheel at multi-turn actuators SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1



Y006.546/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 3/3

General information

Multi-turn actuators for continuous underwater use require AC actuator controls. The controls are mounted on a wall bracket and are not immersed. A special cable set for connection between actuator and actuator controls is required.

Notes on table


2) Modulating torque Maximum permissible torque for modulating duty

3) Pulse duration For identical direction of rotation: time during which the motor must be electrically supplied until there is a movement at the output drive.

4) Pulse duration on reversal For reversal of direction of rotation: time during which the motor must be electrically supplied until there is a movement at the output drive.

5) Valve attachment Indicated flange sizes apply for output drive type B1.


6) Weight Indicated weight includes multi-turn actuator with 3-phase AC motor, electrical connection with cable glands and output drive type B1.



Type of duty Standard: Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %, class C according to EN 15714-2

Options: Intermittent duty S4 - 50 %, class C according to EN 15714-2

Intermittent duty S5 - 25 % (insulation class H required), class C according to EN 15714-2

For nominal voltage and +40 °C ambient temperature and at modulating torque load.




Volt 220 230 380 380 400 400 415 440 460 480 500

Hz 60 50 50 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50

Special voltages:


Volt 220 440 525 575 600 660 690

Hz 50 50 50 60 60 50 50








Torque range1) Modulating torque2) Number of starts

Pulse duration3)

Pulse duration on reversal4)

Valve attachment5) Weight6)


S4-25% Max. [Nm]

S4-50% Max. [Nm]

S4-25% Max. [Nm]

S4-50% Max. [Nm]

Anläufe Max. [1/h]

Min. [ms]

Max. [ms]


Option DIN

3210approx.

[kg]

SAR 25.1-UW

47) 4.87)

1,000 2,000 1,400 800 700 300 100

275

F25 G4 1685.67) 6.77) 2208 9.6 15511 13 130

SAR 30.1-UW

4 4.8

2,000 4,000 2,800 1,600 1,400 300 100

275

F30 G5 2205.6 6.7 2208 9.6 15511 13 130

SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UWTechnical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motors for continu-ous underwater use


Y008.155/003 Issue 1.18 Page 1/2




Self-locking Yes, multi-turn actuators are self-locking, if the valve position cannot be changed from standstill while torque acts upon the output drive.



Electrical connection The AUMA plug/socket connector is part of the cable set with wall bracket which must be ordered separately and which is customised for connection.

DS Terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior (double sealed)

Terminal plan TPA00R100-0I1-000 (basic version)


Options: B3, B4, D according to EN ISO 5210; B2 on request B, D, E according to DIN 3210

Special valve attachments: B3D, DD

Electronic control unit






Service conditions

Use For continuous underwater use as well as indoor and outdoor use.


Standard: Increased enclosure protection IP68-C15. The maximum permissible head of water is 15 m.

Option: Increased enclosure protection IP68-C60. The maximum permissible head of water is 60 m.






2 g, 10 to 200 Hz


Corrosion protection KX-G Suitable for use in freshwater (Im1), seawater (Im2) and on seafloor (Im3), aluminium-free version (outer parts)

Coating Two-layer powder coating with additional wet painting




Further information




Reference documents Brochure Electric actuators for continuous underwater use

Dimensions SA 25.1–UW – SA 30.1–UW/SAR 25.1–UW – SAR 30.1–UW with 3-phase AC motor for continuous underwater use

Electrical data SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 with 3-phase AC motors

SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UWTechnical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motors for continu-ous underwater use

Y008.155/003 Issue 1.18 Page 2/2


Type Output speed

Motor Tripping torque adjustable

Torque at stall torque1) of the motor (without considering inertia)

at nominal voltage, overvoltage and undervoltage (... % UN)

50 Hz [rpm]

60 Hz [rpm]

Power [kW]

Speed at 50 Hz [rpm] Size

Min. [Nm]

Max. [Nm] 100 % 105 % 110 % 95 % 90 % 85 % 80 % 75 %

SA 25.1

4 4.8 1.1 700 90

6302,000

2,804 3,092 3,393 2,531 2,272 2,026 1,795 1,5775.6 6.7 2,467 2,719 2,985 2,226 1,998 1,782 1,579 1,3878 9.6 3.0 1,400 90 3,856 4,251 4,665 3,480 3,123 2,786 2,468 2,16911 13 3,264 3,599 3,949 2,946 2,644 2,358 2,089 1,83616 19 4.0 2,800 90 4,140 4,564 5,009 3,736 3,353 2,991 2,650 2,32922 26 3,456 3,810 4,182 3,119 2,799 2,497 2,212 1,94432 38 7.5 1,400 132 3,960 4,366 4,792 3,574 3,208 2,861 2,534 2,22845 54 3,277 3,613 3,965 2,957 2,654 2,367 2,097 1,84363 75 15 2,800 132 4,115 4,537 4,979 3,714 3,333 2,973 2,634 2,31590 108 3,323 3,664 4,021 2,999 2,692 2,401 2,127 1,869125 150 15 2,800 132 1,700 2,441 2,691 2,954 2,203 1,977 1,764 1,562 1,373180 216 1,400 1,910 2,105 2,311 1,723 1,547 1,380 1,222 1,074

SA 30.1

4 4.8 2.2 700 112

1,2504,000

6,336 6,985 7,667 5,718 5,132 4,578 4,055 3,5645.6 6.7 5,702 6,287 6,900 5,146 4,619 4,120 3,650 3,2088 9.6 5.5 1,400 112 5,808 6,403 7,028 5,242 4,705 4,196 3,717 3,26711 13 5,049 5,567 6,109 4,557 4,090 3,648 3,231 2,84016 19 7.5 2,800 112 6,336 6,985 7,667 5,718 5,132 4,578 4,055 3,56422 26 5,445 6,003 6,588 4,914 4,410 3,934 3,485 3,06332 38 15 1,400 160 7,022 7,742 8,497 6,338 5,688 5,074 4,494 3,95045 54 6,006 6,622 7,267 5,420 4,865 4,339 3,844 3,37863 75 30 2,800, 160 7,515 8,286 9,093 6,782 6,087 5,430 4,810 4,22790 108 6,283 6,927 7,603 5,671 5,089 4,540 4,021 3,534125 150 30 2,800, 160 3,200 4,374 4,822 5,292 3,947 3,543 3,160 2,799 2,460180 216 2,800 3,557 3,922 4,304 3,211 2,881 2,570 2,277 2,001

SA 35.1

4 4.8 4.0 700 132

2,500 8,000

13,956 15,387 16,887 12,595 11,305 10,083 8,932 7,8505.6 6.7 11,966 13,192 14,479 10,799 9,692 8,645 7,658 6,7318 9.6 7.5 1,400 132 13,248 14,606 16,030 11,956 10,731 9,572 8,479 7,45211 13 11,194 12,341 13,544 10,102 9,067 8,087 7,164 6,29616 19 15 2,800 132 13,975 15,407 16,910 12,612 11,320 10,097 8,944 7,86122 26 11,662 12,858 14,111 10,525 9,466 8,426 7,464 6,56032 38 20 2,800 160 12,549 13,835 15,184 11,325 10,165 9,067 8,031 7,05945 54 9,874 10,886 11,947 8,911 7,998 7,134 6,319 5,55490 108 30 2,800 160 5,500 6,838 7,538 8,273 6,171 5,538 4,940 4,376 3,846

SA 40.1

4 4.8 7.5 700 160

5,00016,000

26,460 29,172 32,017 23,880 21,433 19,117 16,934 14,8845.6 6.7 22,400 24,696 27,104 20,216 18,144 16,184 14,336 12,6008 9.6 15 1,400 160 23,184 25,560 28,053 20,924 18,779 16,750 14,838 13,04111 13 19,354 21,337 23,418 17,467 15,676 19,983 12,386 10,88716 19 30 2,800 160 25,200 27,783 30,492 22,743 20,412 18,207 16,128 14,17522 26 20,787 22,918 25,153 18,760 16,838 15,019 13,304 11,69332 38 30 2,800 160 14,000 17,388 19,170 21,039 15,693 14,084 12,563 11,128 9,78145 54 10,000 12,544 13,830 15,178 11,321 10,161 9,063 8,028 7,056

SA 48.1

4 4.8 15 700 180

10,000 32,000

47,520 52,391 57,499 42,887 38,491 34,333 30,413 26,7305.6 6.7 41,184 45,405 49,833 37,169 33,359 29,755 26,358 23,1668 9.6 30 1,400 180 55,296 60,964 66,908 49,905 44,790 39,951 35,389 31,10411 13 47,309 52,158 57,244 42,696 38,320 34,181 30,278 26,61116 19 45 2,800 180 46,800 51,597 56,628 42,237 37,908 33,813 29,952 26,,325

Notes on table

1) Stall torque Stall torque indications are calculated nominal values. In practical applications, they might differ due to gear and motor tolerances.

SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1Technical data Torques at different voltages Short-time duty S2 - 15 min, intermittent duty S4 - 25 %


Y004.367/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Type Output speed

Motor Tripping torque adjustable

Torque at stall torque1) of the motor (without considering inertia)

at nominal voltage, overvoltage and undervoltage (... % UN)

50 Hz [rpm]

60 Hz [rpm]

Power [kW]

Speed at 50 Hz [rpm] Size

Min. [Nm]

Max. [Nm] 100 % 105 % 110 % 95 % 90 % 85 % 80 % 75 %

SA 25.1

4 4.8 0.75 700 90

6301,400

2,350 2,591 2,844 2,121 1,904 1,698 1,504 1,3225.6 6.7 2,067 2,279 2,501 1,865 1,674 1,493 1,323 1,1638 9.6 2.2 1,400 90 3,231 3,562 3,910 2,916 2,617 2,334 2,068 1,81711 13 2,735 3,016 3,310 2,469 2,216 1,976 1,751 1,53916 19 3.0 2,800 90 3,469 3,825 4,198 3,131 2,810 2,507 2,220 1,95122 26 2,896 3,193 3,504 2,614 2,346 2,092 1,854 1,62932 38 5.5 1,400 132 3,318 3,659 4,015 2,995 2,688 2,398 2,124 1,86745 54 2,746 3,027 3,323 2,478 2,224 1,984 1,757 1,54563 75 11 2,800 132 3,449 3,802 4,173 3,112 2,793 2,492 2,207 1,94090 108 2,785 3,070 3,370 2,513 2,256 2,012 1,782 1,566125 150 11 2,800 132 1,200 2,046 2,255 2,475 1,846 1,657 1,478 1,309 1,151180 216 1,000 1,600 1,764 1,936 1,444 1,296 1,156 1,024 900

SA 30.1

4 4.8 1.5 700 112

1,2502,800

5,280 5,821 6,389 4,765 4,277 3,815 3,379 2,9705.6 6.7 4,752 5,239 5,750 4,289 3,849 3,433 3,041 2,6738 9.6 4.0 1,400 112 4,867 5,366 5,889 4,393 3,942 3,516 3,115 2,73811 13 4,231 4,665 5,120 3,819 3,427 3,057 2,708 2,38016 19 5.5 2,800 112 5,310 5,854 6,425 4,792 4,301 3,836 3,398 2,98722 26 4,563 5,031 5,521 4,118 3,696 3,297 2,920 2,56732 38 11 1,400 160 5,885 6,488 7,121 5,311 4,767 4,252 3,766 3,31045 54 5,033 5,549 6,090 4,542 4,077 3,636 3,221 2,83163 75 22 2,800, 160 6,298 6,943 7,620 5,684 5,101 4,550 4,031 3,54290 108 5,265 5,805 6,371 4,752 4,265 3,804 3,370 2,962125 150 22 2,800, 160 2,200 3,665 4,041 4,435 3,308 2,969 2,648 2,346 2,062180 216 2,000 2,981 3,287 3,607 2,690 2,415 2,154 1,908 1,677

SA 35.1

4 4.8 3.0 700 132

2,500 5,700

11,695 12,894 14,152 10,555 9,473 8,450 7,485 6,5795.6 6.7 10,027 11,055 12,133 9,050 8,122 7,245 6,417 5,6408 9.6 5.5 1,400 132 11,102 12,240 13,433 10,019 8,992 8,021 7,105 6,24511 13 9,380 10,342 11,350 8,466 7,598 6,777 6,003 5,27616 19 11 2,800 132 11,711 12,911 14,170 10,569 9,486 8,461 7,495 6,58722 26 9,773 10,775 11,825 8,820 7,916 7,061 6,255 5,49732 38 14 2,800 160 10,516 11,594 12,724 9,491 8,518 7,598 6,730 5,91545 54 8,274 9,122 10,012 7,467 6,702 5,978 5,295 4,65490 108 22 2,800 160 3,800 5,739 6,327 6,944 5,179 4,648 4,146 3,673 3,228

SA 40.1

4 4.8 5.5 700 160

5,0001,200

22,173 24,446 26,830 20,012 17,961 16,020 14,191 12,4735.6 6.7 18,771 20,695 22,713 16,941 15,205 13,562 12,014 10,5598 9.6 11 1,400 160 19,428 21,420 23,508 17,534 15,737 14,037 12,434 10,92811 13 16,218 17,881 19,624 14,637 13,137 11,718 10,380 9,12316 19 22 2,800 160 21,118 23,282 25,552 19,059 17,105 15,257 13,515 11,87922 26 17,420 19,205 21,078 15,721 14,110 12,586 11,149 9,79932 38 22 2,800 160 9,800 13,304 14,668 16,098 12,007 10,776 9,612 8,515 7,48445 54 7,000 10,512 11,589 12,719 9,487 8,515 7,595 6,278 5,913

SA 48.1

4 4.8 11 700 180

10,000 22,400

39,822 43,903 48,184 35,939 32,256 28,771 25,486 22,4005.6 6.7 34,512 38,050 41,760 31,147 27,955 24,935 22,088 19,4138 9.6 22 1,400 180 46,338 51,088 56,069 41,820 37,534 33,479 29,656 26,06511 13 39,645 43,708 47,970 35,779 32,112 28,643 25,373 22,30016 19 30 2,800 180 39,218 43,238 47,454 35,395 31,767 28,335 25,100 22,060

Notes on table

1) Stall torque Stall torque indications are calculated nominal values. In practical applications, they might differ due to gear and motor tolerances.

SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1Technical data Torques at different voltages Short-time duty S2 - 30€min, intermittent duty S4 - 50€%


Y004.568/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Notes on table

1) Factor Ratio of output torque to handwheel input torque, f = Toutput/Tmanual

2) Handwheel input torque For maximum output torque

3) Required manual force Required manual force at handwheel (rim pull) at max. output torque. The actually required manual force depends on the required output torque and the operating conditions.

Type Output speed

Torque Reduct. ratio

Factor1) Input torque at hand-wheel2)

Permissible input torque

at hand-wheel

Handwheel standard

Ø

Standard required manual force3)

Handwheel option

Ø

Option required manual force3)

50 HzMax. [Nm]

approx. [Nm]

Max. [Nm] [mm]

approx. [N] [mm]

approx. [N]

SA 25.1

4; 8; 16; 32; 63 2,000 45 : 1 18 111

600 400

556

500

4445.6; 11; 22; 45; 90 32 : 1 13 156 781 625

125 1,700 22.5 : 1 14 126 630 504180 1,400 16 : 1 10 146 729 583

SA 30.1

4; 8; 16; 32; 63 4,000 44 : 1 18 227

600 500

909

630

7225.6; 11; 22; 45; 90 33 : 1 13 303 1,212 962

125 3,200 22 : 1 13 242 970 770180 2,800 16.5 : 1 10 283 1,131 898

SA 35.1

4; 8; 16

8,000

184 : 1 74 109

600 400

543

500

4355.6; 11; 22 132 : 1 53 152 758 606

32 92 : 1 55 145 725 58045 66 : 1 40 202 1,010 80890 5,500 33 : 1 20 278 1,389 1,111

SA 40.1

4; 8; 16 16,000 180 : 1 72 222

600 500

889

630

7055.6; 11; 22 128 : 1 51 313 1,250 992

32 14,000 90 : 1 54 259 1,037 82345 10,000 64 :1 38 260 1,042 827

SA 48.14; 8; 16 32,000 180 : 1 72 444 800 630 1,411 800 1,1115.6; 11 132 : 1 53 606 1,924 1,515

SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1AUMA NORMTechnical data Manual force at handwheel at multi-turn actuators


Y006.677/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

2 Technical data Actuator controls

AM Actuator controls AM 01.1 / AM 02.1 24 AC Actuator controls AC 01.2 27 AC 01.2 Profibus DP 32 AC 01.2 Profinet 39 AC 01.2 Modbus RTU 45 AC 01.2 Modbus TCP/IP 52 AC 01.2 Foundation Fieldbus 58 AC 01.2 HART 66 AC 01.2 SIL 73 AC 01.2 Profibus DP SIL 78 AC 01.2 Modbus RTU SIL 84 Accessories CB 01.1 Control box 90

2. T

echn

ical

dat

a

A

ctua

tor

cont

rols

General information

Actuator controls AM 01.1/AM 02.1 for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR .2 typerange.


Standard voltages AC:

3-phase ACVoltages/frequencies

500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz

Special voltages:



208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz

Permissible variation of the mains voltage: ±10 %Permissible variation of the mains frequency: ±5 %Permissible variation of mains voltage: > ±10 %

Power supply

24 V DC +20 % / –15 %Current consumption: Basic version approx. 250 mA, with options up to 500 mAExternal power supply must have reinforced insulation against mains voltage in accordance withIEC 61010-1 and may only be supplied by a circuit limited to 150 VA in accordance with IEC 61010-1.

External supply of the electronics(option)

Current consumption of controls depending on mains voltage:For permissible variation of mains voltage of ±10 %:100 to 120 V AC = max. 575 mA208 to 240 V AC = max. 275 mA380 to 690 V AC = max. 160 mA

Current consumption

Current consumption for mains voltage variation: > ±10 % on request

Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443Overvoltage category

Actuator controls are designed for nominal motor power, refer to Electrical data pertaining to the actuatorRated power

Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power classesA1/A2

Standard:Switchgear

Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power classesA1/A2 with additional contacts, 1 NC + 1 NO each

Options:

Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power class A3

Thyristor unit for mains voltage up to 500 V AC (recommended for modulating actuators) forAUMA power classes B1, B2 and B3

Reversing contactors are designed for a lifetime of 2 million starts. For applications requiring a high numberof starts, we recommend using thyristor units.For the assignment of AUMA power classes, refer to the Electric data pertaining to the actuator.

3 digital inputs: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE (via opto-isolator with one common), respect minimum pulse durationfor modulating actuators

Control inputs(control)

24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per inputStandard:Control voltage/current consumptionfor control inputs

115 V AC, current consumption: approx. 15 mA per inputOption:


Y001.280/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/3

AM 01.1/AM 02.1

Technical data Actuator controls


5 output contacts:● 4 NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A (resistive load)

- Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switchREMOTE, selector switch LOCAL

● 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A (resistive load) for collectivefault signal- Default configuration: Torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped

Standard:Status signals(output signals)

5 output contacts with integrated running indication(blinking) for directions OPEN and CLOSEin combination with blinker transmitter● 4 NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A (resistive load)

- Default configuration: End position and running indication CLOSED, end positionOPEN, selector switch REMOTE, selector switch LOCAL

● 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A (resistive load) for collectivefault signal- Default configuration: Torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped

Options:

Auxiliary voltage 24 V DC ±5 %, max. 50 mA for supply of control inputs, galvanically isolatedfrom internal voltage supply

Standard:Voltage output

115 V AC ±10 %, max. 30 mA for supply of the control inputs, galvanically isolated from in-ternal voltage supply(Not possible in combination with PTC tripping device)

Option:

● Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE (lockable in all three positions)● Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE● 3 indication lights: End position CLOSED (yellow), collective fault signal (red), end position

OPEN (green)

Standard:Local controls

● Protection cover, lockable● Special colours for the 3 indication lights

Options:

● Selectable type of seating, limit or torque seating for end position OPEN and end positionCLOSED

● Overload protection against excessive torques over the whole travel● Excessive torque (torque fault) can be excluded from collective fault signal.● Phase failure monitoring with automatic phase correction● Push-to-run operation or self-retaining in REMOTE● Push-to-run operation or self-retaining in LOCAL● Blinker signal from actuator (option) for running indication via indication lights of local

controls can be activated/deactivated.

Standard:Application functions

● Positioner for Split Range operation (requires position transmitter in actuator)Options:

● Monitoring the motor temperature in combination with thermoswitches within actuatormotor

Standard:Motor protection evaluation

● Additional thermal overload relay in the controls in combination with thermoswitcheswithin the actuator

● PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistors within actuator motor

Options:

AUMA plug/socket connector with screw-type connectionStandard:Electrical connection

● Terminals or crimp connection● Gold-plated control plug (sockets and plugs)

Options:

Metric threadsStandard:Threads for cable entries

Pg-threads, NPT-threads, G-threadsOptions:

MSP1110KC3--F18E1 TPA00R1AA-0E1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Further options for version with electronic position transmitter in actuator

Analogue output E2 = 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)Position feedback signal (option)

MSP111700---A28E1 TPA00R1AA-0E1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)


Y001.280/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/3

AM 01.1/AM 02.1


Service conditions

Indoor and outdoor use permissibleUse

Any positionMounting position

≤ 2 000 m above sea level> 2,000 m above sea level, please contact AUMA

Installation altitude

–30 °C to +70 °CStandard:Ambient temperature

–60 °C to +60 °C, extreme low temperature versionOptions:

Low temperature versions incl. heating system for connection to external power supply 230V AC or 115 V AC.

IP68Standard:Enclosure protection according to EN60529

DS Terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior (double sealed)Option:

According to AUMA definition, enclosure protection IP68 meets the following requirements:● Depth of water: maximum 8 m head of water● Duration of continuous immersion in water: Max. 96 hours● Up to 10 operations during continuous immersion● Modulating duty is not possible during continuous immersion.

Pollution degree 4 (when closed), pollution degree 2 (internal)Pollution degree according toIEC 60664-1

1 g, from 10 to 200 HzResistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant. However, a fatigue strength may not bederived from this. (Not valid in combination with gearboxes)

Vibration resistance according to IEC60068-2-6

KS: Suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and highpollution.

Standard:Corrosion protection

KX: Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and highpollution.

Options:

KX-G: Same as KX, however aluminium-free version (outer parts)

Double layer powder coatingTwo-component iron-mica combination

Coating

AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037)Standard:Colour

Available colours on requestOption:

Accessories

For AM mounted separately from the actuator, including plug/socket connector. Connecting cable on request.Recommended for high ambient temperatures, difficult access, or heavy vibration during service.Cable length between actuator and AM max. 100 m. Not suitable for version with potentiometer in the actu-ator. Instead of the potentiometer, the actuator has to be equipped with an electronic position transmitter.

Wall bracket

Further information

Approx. 7 kg (with AUMA plug/socket connector)Weight

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC): (2014/30/EU)Low Voltage Directive: (2014/35/EU)Machinery Directive: (2006/42/EC)

EU Directives

Brochure Electric actuators for industrial valve automationDimensions Multi-turn actuators with integral controls AUMA MATICDimensions Part-turn actuators with integral controls AUMA MATIC

Reference documents


Y001.280/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/3

AM 01.1/AM 02.1


General information

Actuator controls AC 01.2 for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR .2 type range.




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz

Special voltages:Voltage >500 V AC are only permissible with external control box.



208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±30 % (option)Permissible variation of mains frequency: ±5 %Special voltages DC: (on request)

DC currentVoltages

220125110604824Volt

Permissible voltage deviation: (on request)

Power supply

24 V DC +20 %/–15 %Current consumption: Basic version approx. 250 mA, with options up to 500 mAExternal power supply must have reinforced insulation against mains voltage in accordance with IEC 61010-1 and may only be supplied by a circuit limited to 150 VA in accordance with IEC 61010-1.


Current consumption of the actuator controls depending on mains voltage:For permissible variation of mains voltage of ±10 %:● 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA● 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA● 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA● 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA

For permissible variation of mains voltage of ±30 %:● 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA● 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA● 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA● 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA

Current consumption




Standard:Switchgear

Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power class A3Options:


The reversing contactors are designed for a lifetime of 2 million starts. For applications requiring a highnumber of starts, we recommend the use of thyristor units.For the assignment of AUMA power classes, please refer to Electrical data on actuator


Y004.678/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/5

AC 01.2



6 digital inputs: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY (via opto-isolator, thereof OPEN, STOP, CLOSEwith one common and EMERGENCY without common, respect minimum pulse duration for modulatingactuators).

Control inputs

24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per inputStandardControl voltage/current consumptionfor control inputs

48 V DC, current consumption: approx. 7 mA per input60 V DC, current consumption: approx. 9 mA per input115 V DC, current consumption: approx. 15 mA per input100 – 120 V AC, current consumption : approx. 15 mA per input

Options:

All input signals must be supplied with the same potential.

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)

Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switchREMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN

- 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)Default configuration: Collective fault signal (torque fault, phase failure, motor protec-tion tripped)

● Analogue output signal for position feedback- Galvanically isolated position feedback 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)


● 6 programmable output contacts:- 5 change-over contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1

potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 12 programmable output contacts:- 10 potential-free NO contacts, 5 with one common each, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive

load), 2 potential-free change-over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 6 potential-free change-over contacts without one common, per contact max. 250 V

AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 10 programmable output contacts:- 10 potential-free change-over contacts without one common, per contact max. 250

V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC,

1 A (resistive load), 1 potential-free NO contact, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load),1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load),

2 potential-free change-over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load),


2 potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 2 potential-freechange-over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)


4 potential-free change-over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load),

All output signals must be supplied with the same potential.

Options:

Auxiliary voltage 24 V DC: max. 100 mA for supply of control inputs, galvanically isolatedfrom internal voltage supply.


Auxiliary voltage 115 V AC: max. 30 mA for supply of control inputs, galvanically isolatedfrom internal voltage supply(Not possible in combination with PTC tripping device)

Option:

2 analogue outputs:With position transmitter option: Output of travel and torque as continuous values between 0/4 and 20 mA

Analogue output (option)

2 analogue inputs:With positioner/process controller option: Input of actual position value/actual process value as continuousvalues between 0/4 and 20 mA

Analogue input (option)


Y004.678/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/5

AC 01.2



● Selector switch: LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE (lockable in all three positions)● Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET

- Local STOPThe actuator can be stopped via push button STOP of local controls if the selectorswitch is in position REMOTE. (Not activated when leaving the factory.)

● 6 indication lights:- End position and running indication CLOSED (yellow), torque fault CLOSE (red),

motor protection tripped (red), torque fault OPEN (red), end position and running in-dication OPEN (green), Bluetooth (blue)

● Graphic LC display: illuminated


● Special colours for the indication lights:- End position CLOSED (green), torque fault CLOSE (blue), torque fault OPEN (yellow),

motor protection tripped (violet), end position OPEN (red)

Option:

Bluetooth class II chip, version 2.1: With a range up to 10 m in industrial environments, supports the SPPBluetooth profile (Serial Port Profile).Required accessories:● AUMA CDT (Commissioning and Diagnostic Tool for Windows-based PC)● AUMA Assistant App (Commissioning and Diagnostic Tool for Android devices)

BluetoothCommunication interface


● Torque by-pass: Adjustable duration (with adjustable peak torque during start-up time)● Start and end of stepping mode as well as ON and OFF times can be set individually for

directions OPEN and CLOSE, 1 to 1,800 seconds● Any 8 intermediate positions: can be set between 0 and 100 %, reaction and signal be-

haviour programmable● Running indication blinking: can be set


● Positioner- Position setpoint via analogue input 0/4 – 20 mA- Programmable behaviour on loss of signal- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Split range operation- MODE input for selecting between OPEN-CLOSE and setpoint control

● PID process controller: with adaptive positioner, via 0/4 – 20 mA analogue inputs forprocess setpoint and actual process value

● Multiport valve: Up to 16 positions, signals (pulse or edge)● Automatic deblocking: Up to 5 operation trials, travel time in opposite direction can be

set● Static and dynamic torque recording for both rotation directions with torque measurement

flange as additional accessory

Options:

● EMERGENCY operation (programmable behaviour)- Digital input: Low active- Reaction can be selected: Stop, run to end position CLOSED, run to end position

OPEN, run to intermediate position- Torque monitoring can be by-passed during EMERGENCY operation- Thermal protection can be by-passed during EMERGENCY operation (only in com-

bination with thermoswitch within actuator, not with PTC thermistor).

Standard:Safety functions

● Enabling local controls via digital input Enable LOCAL. Thus, actuator operation can beenabled or disabled via push buttons on the local controls.

● Interlock for main/by-pass valve: Enabling the operation commands OPEN or CLOSEvia two digital inputs

● EMERGENCY Stop push button (latching): interrupts electrical operation, irrespective ofthe selector switch positions.

● PVST (Partial Valve Stroke Test): programmable to check the function of both actuatorand actuator controls: Direction, stroke, operation time, reversing time

Options:


Y004.678/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/5

AC 01.2



● Valve overload protection: adjustable, results in switching off and generates fault signal● Motor temperature monitoring (thermal monitoring): results in switching off and generates fault indication● Monitoring the heater within actuator: generates warning signal● Monitoring of permissible on-time and number of starts: adjustable, generates warning signal● Operation time monitoring: adjustable, generates warning signal● Phase failure monitoring: results in switching off and generates fault signal● Automatic correction of rotation direction upon wrong phase sequence (3-ph AC current)

Monitoring functions

● Electronic device ID with order and product data● Logging of operating data: A resettable counter and a lifetime counter each for:

- Motor running time, number of starts, torque switch trippings in end position CLOSED, limit switchtrippings in end position CLOSED, torque switch trippings in end position OPEN, limit switch trippingsin end position OPEN, torque faults CLOSE, torque faults OPEN, motor protection trippings

● Time-stamped event report with history for setting, operation and faults● Status signals according to NAMUR recommendation NE 107: "Failure", "Function check", "Out of

specification", "Maintenance required"● Torque characteristics (for version with MWG in actuator):

- 3 torque characteristics (torque-travel characteristic) for opening and closing directions can be savedseparately.

- Torque characteristics stored can be shown on the display.

Diagnostic functions

Monitoring the motor temperature in combination with thermoswitches within actuator motorStandard:Motor protection evaluation

● Thermal overload relay in controls combined with thermoswitches within actuator● PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistors within actuator motor

Options:


Gold-plated control plug (sockets and plugs)Option:



TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Further options for Non-intrusive version with MWG in the actuator

Setting of limit and torque switching via local controls

Galvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω).Torque feedback signal

TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Service conditions



≤ 2,000 m above sea level> 2,000 m above sea level, on request




Low temperature versions incl. heating system for connection to external power supply 230V AC or 115 V AC, or internal version 400 V AC.

Up to 100 % relative humidity across the entire permissible temperature rangeHumidity


Terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior of actuator controls (double sealed)Option:

According to AUMA definition, enclosure protection IP68 meets the following requirements:● Depth of water: Maximum 8 m head of water● Duration of continuous immersion in water: Maximum 96 hours● Up to 10 operations during continuous immersion● Modulating duty is not possible during continuous immersion.

Pollution degree 4 (when closed), pollution degree 2 (internal)Pollution degree according to IEC60664-1


Y004.678/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/5

AC 01.2


Service conditions




Option:


Coating



Accessories

For actuator controls mounted separately from the actuator, including plug/socket connector. Connectingcable on request.Recommended for high ambient temperatures, difficult access, or heavy vibration during service.Cable length between actuator and actuator controls is max. 100 m (Not suitable for version with poten-tiometer in the actuator). Instead of the potentiometer, the actuator has to be equipped with an electronicposition transmitter. (MWG requires a separate data cable.)

Wall bracket

AUMA CDT (Commissioning and Diagnostic Tool for Windows-based PC)AUMA Assistant App (Commissioning and Diagnostic Tool for Android devices)

Programming software

Accessory for torque measurement for SA/SAR 07.2 – SA/SAR 16.2Torque measurement flange DMF

Further information



EU Directives

Brochure Electric actuators for industrial valve automationDimensions Multi-turn actuators with AUMATIC integral controlsDimensions Part-turn actuators with AUMATIC integral controls

Reference documents


Y004.678/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/5

AC 01.2


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR type range withProfibus DP interface.




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz




208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz


DC currentVoltages

220125110604824Volt


Power supply





Current consumption




Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/7

AC 01.2Profibus DPTechnical data Actuator controls



Standard:Switchgear




Via Profibus DP interfaceControl and feedback signals

● 2 free analogue inputs (0/4 – 20 mA), 4 free digital inputs- Signal transmission is made via fieldbus interface

● Inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY, I/O interface, MODE (via opto-isolator thereof OPEN,STOP, CLOSE, MODE with one common and EMERGENCY, I/O interface respectively without common)- OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY control inputs- I/O interface: Selection of control type (fieldbus interface or additional input signals)- MODE: Selection between open-close duty (OPEN, STOP, CLOSE) or modulating duty (0/4 – 20

mA position setpoint)- Additionally 1 analogue input (0/4 – 20 mA) for position setpoint


mA position setpoint)- Additionally 1 analogue input (0/4 – 20 mA) for setpoint position and 1 analogue input (0/4 – 20 mA)

for actual process value

Fieldbus interface with additional in-put signals (option)

24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per inputStandardControl voltage and current consump-tion of optional, digital additional in-puts


Options:


Via Profibus DP interfaceStatus signals

Additional, binary output signals (only available in combination with additional input signals (option)● 6 programmable output contacts:

- 5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torquefault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN

- 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)Default configuration: Collective fault signal (torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 5 potential-free change-over contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)- 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 6 potential-free change-over contacts without one common, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive

load), 1 potential-free NO contact, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1 potential-free change-overcontact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load), 2 potential-

free change-over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load),

All binary output signals must be supplied with the same potential.● Analogue output signal for position feedback

- Galvanically isolated position feedback 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)

Fieldbus interface with additionaloutput signals (option)


Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/7






Option:

Access to parameters, the electronic name plate and the operating and diagnostic data with acyclic write/readservices

Profibus DP-V1 (option)

Redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212 (Primary and Backup withRedCom)Synchronisation of time between actuator controls and Profibus master with subsequent time stamp of themost important events such as malfunctions, end position and torque signals from actuator controls


Requires Profibus DP-V2 (option)Redundant line topology with universal redundancy behaviour according to AUMA redundancy I or IIRedundant line topology and redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212(Primary and Backup with RedCom)

Redundancy (option)

● Connector types: ST or SC connector● FO cables

- Multi-mode: 62,5(50)/125 µm, range approx. 2.5 km (max. 2.0 dB/km)- Single-mode: 9/125 µm, range approx. 15 km (max. 0.4 dB/km)

● Topologies: Line, star and redundant loop (with single-channel Profibus DP interface)● Baud rate: up to 1.5 Mbit/s● Optical budget:

- Multi-mode: 13 dB- Single-mode: 17 dB

● Wave length: 1,310 mm● FO coupler by EKS required at DCS, reference addresses: AUMA or www.eks-engel.com

FO cable connection (option)









Option:




Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/7






haviour programmable● Running indication blinking: can be set● Positioner

- Position setpoint via Profibus DP interface- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible viafieldbus

interface Profibus DP interface






Options:

● EMERGENCY operation (programmable behaviour)- Via additional input (option, low aktive) or via fieldbus interface- Reaction can be selected: Stop, run to end position CLOSED, run to end position




● Release of local controls via fieldbus interface. Thus, actuator operation can be enabledor disabled via push buttons on local controls.

● Local STOP- The actuator can be stopped via push button Stop of local controls if the selector

switch is in position REMOTE. (Not activated when leaving the factory.)

● Interlock for main/by-pass valve: Enabling the operation commands OPEN or CLOSEvia fieldbus interface

● EMERGENCY Stop push button (latching): interrupts electrical operation, irrespective ofthe selector switch position.


Options:












Options:


Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/7



Protection of the actuator and control electronics against overvoltages on the fieldbus cables of up to 4 kVOvervoltage protection (option)





TPCAA000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)



Via Profibus DP interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.

Torque feedback signal

TPCAA000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Settings/programming the Profibus DP interface

Automatic baud rate recognitionBaud rate setting

The Profibus DP address is set via the actuator controls display.Setting the fieldbus address

For optimum adaptation to the process control system, the process representation input (feedback) can befreely configured.

Configurable process representationvia GSD file

General Profibus DP interface data

Profibus DP according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784Communication protocol

Line (fieldbus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented. Coupling anduncoupling of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.

Network topology

Twisted, screened copper cable according to IEC 61158Transmission medium

EIA-485 (RS-485)Profibus DP interface

Possible cable length with repeater (totalnetwork cable length):

Max. cable length(segment length) without repeater

Baud rate (kbit/s)

approx. 10 km1,200 m9.6 – 93.75

approx. 10 km1,000 m187.5

approx. 4 km400 m500

approx. 2 km200 m1 500

Transmission rate/cable length

DP master class 1, e.g. central controllers such as PLC, PC, ...DP master class 2, e.g. programming/configuration toolsDP slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensors

Device types

32 devices without repeater, with repeater expandable to 126Number of devices

Token-passing between masters and polling for slaves. Mono-master or multi-master systems are possible.Fieldbus access

Cyclic data exchange, sync mode, freeze mode, fail safe modeSupported Profibus DP functions

Standard applications with Profibus DP-V0 and DP-V10x0C4F:Profibus DP ident no.

Applications with Profibus DP-V20x0CBD:


Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/7


Commands and signals of the Profibus DP interface

OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, EMERGENCY operation command, enable local controls,Interlock OPEN/CLOSE

Process representation output (com-mand signals)

● End positions OPEN, CLOSED● Actual position value● Actual torque value, requires MWG in actuator● Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE● Running indication (directional)● Torque switches OPEN, CLOSED● Limit switches OPEN, CLOSED● Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls● Analogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs

Process representation input (feed-back signals)

● Motor protection tripped● Torque switch tripped in mid-travel● Failure of analogue customer inputs● One phase missing

Process representation input (faultsignals)

The behaviour of the actuator is programmable:● Stop in current position● Travel to end position OPEN or CLOSED● Travel to any intermediate position● Execute last received operation command

Behaviour on loss of communication

Service conditions













1 g, from 10 Hz to 200 HzResistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant. However, a fatigue strength may not bederived from this. (Not valid in combination with gearboxes)





Option:


Coating




Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/7


Accessories


Wall bracket




Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y004.679/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 7/7


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR type range withProfinet interface.




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz




208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±30 % (option)Permissible variation of mains frequency: ±5 %

Power supply




Current consumption



Thyristor unit for mains voltage up to 500 V AC for AUMA power classes B1, B2 and B3Switchgear

For the assignment of AUMA power classes, please refer to electrical data on actuator

Via Profinet interfaceControl and feedback signals


Y007.462/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/6

AC 01.2ProfinetTechnical data Actuator controls








Profinet interface with additional inputsignals (option)



Options:


Via Profinet interfaceStatus signals












Profinet interface with additional out-put signals (option)




Option:


Y007.462/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/6











Option:







- Position setpoint via Profinet interface- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible via Profinet

interface






Options:

● EMERGENCY operation (programmable behaviour)- Via additional input (option, low aktive) or via Profinet interface- Reaction can be selected: Stop, run to end position CLOSED, run to end position




● Release of local controls via Profinet interface. Thus, actuator operation can be enabledor disabled via push buttons on local controls.



● Interlock for main/by-pass valve: Enabling the operation commands OPEN or CLOSEvia Profinet interface


Options:


Y007.462/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/6













PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistors within actuator motorOptions:





TPCAN000K1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)



Via Profinet interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.


TPCAN000K1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Settings/programming the Profinet interface

The Profinet interface is set (assignment of device name as well as assignment of the IP address) using the Profinet engineering tools of theDCS.

General data of the Profinet interface

Profinet according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784Communication protocol

Star topology, point-to-point wiringDue to the switch function integrated within the AC 01.2, both line topology and redundant ring topology(MRP) are available.

Network topology

Ethernet IEEE 802.32-pair cabling in compliance with IEC 61784-5-3 Auto Polarity Exchange, Auto Negotiation and Auto Cros-sover are supported.

Connection

2 x RJ-45Connection via connector for field assembly, one RJ-45 connector for Cat.5 (K009.706) is included in thescope of supply of the electrical connection.

Profinet connection

100 Mbits/s (100BASE-TX), full duplexTransmission rate

Max. 100 mCable length

I/O controller (usually the PLC/DCS)I/O devices (field devices)I/O supervisor (programming device, PC or HMI for diagnostics/commissioning)

Device classes

Provider - consumer modelFieldbus access


Y007.462/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/6


General data of the Profinet interface

Version V2.32Supported Profinet specification

Cyclic Profinet communication (RT)Acyclic Profinet communication (Read/Write Record)

Supported Profinet functions

Status AlarmUpdate AlarmPort Data Change Notification AlarmSync Data Change Notification Alarm

Supported Profinet alarms

ACD (Address Conflict Detection)ARP (Address Resolution Protocol)DCP (Discovery and Basic Configuration Protocol)SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) in accordance with IEEE 802.1ABThese functions allow assignment of the Profinet device name, a graphic representation of the plant topology,port-granular diagnostics as well as neighbourhood detection as the basis for quick commissioning andeasy device replacement.

Supported network diagnostic andmanagement protocols

Use of MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) in compliance with IEC 62439 (switch function integrated withinAC 01.2)

Profinet redundancy

319Vendor ID

1Ident Code

AUMA-Actuator-AC01-2Profinet device type

62976I&M0 Profile ID:

4I&M0 Profile Specification Type:

257I&M0 Version:

30I&M0 Supported:

Identification & Maintenance proper-ties

0x013F; 0x0001Profinet Ident Nr.

0x80010000DAP (Device Access Point)

CC-B (Conformance Class B) for the Profinet application of the AC actuator controlsCC-C (Conformance Class C) for the integral switch function

Conformance class

IIINetload Class

Via TCP/IP and integral web server possibleDevice diagnostics via Ethernet

Via GSD (ml) file (available for download at www.auma.com)Device integration

Commands and signals of the Profinet interface

OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, EMERGENCY operation command, enable local controls,Interlock OPEN/CLOSE, PVST

Process representation output(command signals)

End positions OPEN, CLOSEDActual position valueActual torque value, requires MWG in actuatorSelector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTERunning indication (directional)Torque switches OPEN, CLOSEDLimit switches OPEN, CLOSEDManual operation by handwheel or via local controlsAnalogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs

Process representation input(feedback signals)

Motor protection trippedTorque switch tripped in mid-travelOne phase missingFailure of analogue customer inputs

Process representation input(fault signals)




Y007.462/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/6


Service conditions
















Option:


Coating



Accessories


Wall bracket




Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y007.462/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/6


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR type range withModbus RTU interface.




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz




208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz


DC currentVoltages

220125110604824Volt


Power supply





Current consumption




Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/7

AC 01.2Modbus RTUTechnical data Actuator controls



Standard:Switchgear




Via Modbus RTU interfaceControl and feedback signals










Options:


Via Modbus RTU interfaceStatus signals














Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/7






Option:

Redundant line topology with universal redundancy behaviour according to AUMA redundancy I or IIRedundant loop topology in combination with SIMA Master Station● Max. number of actuators with actuator controls per redundant loop: 247 units● Max. possible cable length between the actuators equipped with actuator controls without external re-

peater: 1,200 m● Max. possible total length per redundant ring: approx. 290 km● Automatic commissioning of the redundant ring by means of the SIMA Master Station

Redundancy (option)

● Connector types: ST or SC connector● FO cables

- Multi-mode: 62,5(50)/125 µm, range approx. 2.5 km (max. 2.0 dB/km)- Single-mode: 9/125 µm, range approx. 15 km (max. 0.4 dB/km)

● Topologies: Line, star and redundant ring (with single-channel Modbus RTU interface)● Baud rate: up to 115.2 kbit/s● Optical budget:

- Multi-mode: 13 dB- Single-mode: 17 dB

● Wave length: 1,310 mm● FO coupler by EKS required at DCS, reference addresses: AUMA or www.eks-engel.com

FO cable connection (option)









Option:




Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/7







- Position setpoint via Modbus RTU interface- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible viafieldbus

interface






Options:











Options:












Options:


Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/7








TPCAC000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)



Via Modbus RTU interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.


TPCAC000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Settings/programming the Modbus RTU interface

Baud rate, parity and Modbus address are set via the display of actuator controlsSetting the fieldbus address

General data of the Modbus RTU interface

Modbus RTU according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784Communication protocol

● Line (fieldbus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented.● Coupling and uncoupling of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.

Network topology


EIA-485 (RS-485)Fieldbus interface

Redundant line topology:

Possible cable length with repeater(total network cable length)

Max. cable length (segment length)without repeater

Baud rate (kbit/s)

approx. 10 km1,200 m9.6 – 115.2

Redundant ring topology:

Max. possible cable length of re-dundant loop

Max. cable length between actuat-ors (without repeater)

Baud rate (kbit/s)

approx. 290 km1,200 m9.6 – 115.2


Modbus slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensorsDevice types


Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/7



32 devices in each segment without repeater, with repeaters expandable to 247Number of devices

Polling between master and slaves (query response)Fieldbus access

01 Read Coil Status02 Read Input Status03 Read Holding Registers04 Read Input Registers05 Force Single Coil15 (0FHex) Force Multiple Coils06 Preset Single Register16 (10Hex) Preset Multiple Registers17 (11Hex) Report Slave ID08 Diagnostics:● 00 00 Loopback● 00 10 (0AHex) Clear Counters and Diagnostic Register● 00 11 (0BHex) Return Bus Message Count● 00 12 (0CHex) Return Bus Communication Error Count● 00 13 (0DHex) Return Bus Exception Error Count● 00 14 (0EHex) Return Slave Message Count● 00 15 (0FHex) Return Slave No Response Count● 00 16 (10Hex) Return Slave NAK Count● 00 17 (11Hex) Return Slave Busy Count● 00 18 (12Hex) Return Character Overrun Count

Supported Modbus functions (ser-vices)

Commands and signals of the Modbus RTU interface

OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, EMERGENCY operation command, enable LOCAL, In-terlock OPEN/CLOSE


● End position OPEN, CLOSED● Actual position value● Actual torque value, requires MWG in actuator● Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE● Running indication (directional)● Torque switch OPEN, CLOSED● Limit switch OPEN, CLOSED● Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls● Analogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs


● Motor protection tripped● Torque switch tripped in mid-travel● One phase missing● Loss of the analogue customer inputs




Service conditions










Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/7


Service conditions










Option:


Coating



Accessories


Wall bracket




Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y005.287/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 7/7


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR type range withModbus TCP/IP interface.




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz




208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz


DC currentVoltages

220125110604824Volt


Power supply





Current consumption




Y006.711/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/6

AC 01.2Modbus TCP/IPTechnical data Actuator controls



Standard:Switchgear




Via Modbus TCP/IP interfaceControl and feedback signals







Modbus TCP/IP interface with addi-tional input signals (option)



Options:


Via Modbus TCP/IP interfaceStatus signals












Modbus TCP/IP interface with addi-tional output signals (option)


Y006.711/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/6











Option:







- Position setpoint via Modbus TCP/IP interface- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible viafieldbus

interface






Options:











Options:


Y006.711/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/6














Options:





TPCAC000-1A1-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)



Via Modbus TCP/IP interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.


TPCAC000-1A1-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)

Settings/programming the Modbus TCP/IP interface


Settings are made via web serverDefault settings of the IP interface:

IP Address Selection

Static IPAddress Type

192.168.255.1Static IP Address

255.255.0.0Subnet Mask

192.168.0.1Default Gateway

Setting the Modbus gateway


Y006.711/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/6


General Modbus TCP/IP data

Modbus TCP/IP according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784Communication protocol

Star topology/ point-to-point topologyNetwork topology

IEC IEEE 802.3, cable recommendation: Cat. 6ATransmission medium

● Baud rate of 10/100 Mbits/s● Maximum cable length: 100 m




Commands and signals of the Modbus TCP/IP interface



● End positions OPEN, CLOSED● Actual position value● Actual torque value, requires magnetic limit and torque transmitter (MWG) in actuator● Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE● Running indication (directional)● Torque switches OPEN, CLOSED● Limit switches OPEN, CLOSED● Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls● Analogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs


● Motor protection tripped● Torque switch tripped in mid-travel● One phase missing● Failure of analogue customer inputs




Service conditions








Y006.711/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/6


Service conditions





Resistance against vibration can be given on requestVibration resistance according to IEC60068-2-6




Option:


Coating



Accessories


Wall bracket




Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y006.711/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/6


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR type range withFoundation Fieldbus interface.




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz




208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz


DC currentVoltages

220125110604824Volt


Power supply





Current consumption




Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/8

AC 01.2Foundation FieldbusTechnical data Actuator controls



Standard:Switchgear




Via Foundation Fieldbus H1 interfaceControl and feedback signals










Options:


Via Foundation Fieldbus H1 interfaceStatus signals














Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/8






Option:

Redundant FF H1 interface in accordance with AUMA redundancy IRedundancy (option)









Option:







- Position setpoint via Foundation Fieldbus interface- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible viafieldbus

interface






Options:


Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/8













Options:












Options:






TPCAF000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)



Via Foundation Fieldbus interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.


TPCAF000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000Wiring diagram (basic version)


Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/8


Settings/programming the Foundation Fieldbus interface

The address is set via Foundation Fieldbus using the provided system management services and a config-uration software for Foundation Fieldbus (e.g. NI-FBUS).

Setting the fieldbus address

The feedback signals of the “Analog Input” (AI) and “Discrete Input” (DI) function blocks may be configuredaccording to the requirements using channels and the appropriate transducer blocks. Configuration is madevia Foundation Fieldbus while using the device description and a configuration software for FoundationFieldbus (e.g. NI-FBUS).

Configurable feedback signals

AUMATIC user functions (e.g. stepping mode, intermediate positions, ...) may either be programmed viaAUMATIC display or via Foundation Fieldbus using AUMATIC device description and a configuration softwarefor Foundation Fieldbus (e.g. NI-FBUS).

Programming of AUMATIC userfunctions

General data of the Foundation Fieldbus interface

Foundation Fieldbus H1 (31.25 kbit/s) in accordance with IEC 61158 and IEC 61784-1Communication protocol

Separate supply, standard data transmissionPhysical Layer

Line, star and tree structures (trunks combined with spurs) are supported.Internal drop line length of AC 01.2 is 0.27 m.

Network topology

Two-wire copper cable with data transmission and voltage supply on the same wire pair in accordance with● ISA S50.02-1992 ISA Physical Layer Standard or● IEC 61158-2:2000 (ed. 2.0), fieldbus standard for use in industrial control systems, part 2: Physical

Layer specification and service definitionRecommendation: Use cable type A (screened and twisted)

Transmission medium

approx. 13 mA at +24 V DCCurrent consumption

31.25 kbit/sTransmission rate

Max. 1,900 m (only when using the recommended A type cable); with repeaters (4 units max.) expandableup to a max. of 9.5 km

Cable length

● Max. 32 devices per segment; altogether max. 240 devices can be addressed.● Typical number of devices: approx. 6 – 15 devices per segment

Number of devices

● Publisher/subscriber communication for the transmission of process data● Client/server communication for programming and configuration● Report Distribution for transmission of alarm signals

Communication services

AC 01.2 is a Link Master device. Link Master devices can take over the Link Active Scheduler (LAS) functionfor co-ordination of bus communication.

Supported Foundation Fieldbusfunctions

AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2 offer an automatic polarity detection and polarity correction of the Foundation Fieldbuscable.

Permissive connection


Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/8


Function blocks of Foundation Fieldbus interface

● 8 Discrete Output (DO) function blocks for discrete output signals, e.g.:- OPEN, STOP, CLOSE- RESET- EMERGENCY- Interlock OPEN/CLOSE- Enable Local- Intermediate positions- Digital customer outputs

● 2 Analog Output (AO) function blocks for analogue output signals, e.g.:- Setpoint position- Analogue customer outputs

Function blocks of the output signals

● 10 Discrete Input (DI) function blocks for discrete feedback signals, e.g.:- End positions OPEN/CLOSED- Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE- Running indication (directional)- Torque switch OPEN, CLOSED- Limit switch OPEN, CLOSED- Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls- Intermediate positions- Digital customer inputs

● 4 Analog Input (AI) function blocks for analogue output signals, e.g.:- Actual position- Torque- Analogue 0 – 20 mA customer inputs

Function blocks for input signals

● 1 Signal Characterizer function block (SC) for conversion of analogue signals● 1 Input Selector (IS) function block for the selection of analogue input signals● 1 Process controller (PID) block as function block for modulating applications● Resource Block (RB) for definition of characteristic Foundation Fieldbus device data● 4 Transducer blocks (AOTB, DOTB, AITB, DITB) as connection blocks of discrete and analogue input

and output signals● 1 Transducer Block (PTB) as connection block for control● 1 Transducer Block (AUMACTB) for configuration and programming● 1 Transducer Block (AUMADTB) for monitoring and diagnostics

Further function blocks

Special features of the AUMATIC Foundation Fieldbus interface

0x0A01FFManufacturer ID

0x0001Device type

0x01 or 0x02Device revision

0A01FF0001-(serial number of AC 01.2-x)-(serial number FF module)Device ID

31.25 kbit/sBaud rate

No polarity (automatic polarity dectection and correction)Polarity

Segment information

FF H1Standard

YesLink master (LAS) function

13 mACurrent consumption

< 20 mAFF supply current

9 – 32 V DCDevice voltage min/max

FF capacity: < 5 nF,FF inductivity: < 10 µH,Minimum input current: Ii = 380 mA,Minimum input voltage: Ui = 17.5 V,Minimum input power: Pi = 5.32 W

FISCO ic characteristics

< ±8 µsJitter tolerance range

> 0.75 VMin. transmission level (Vp-t-p)

23Available server VCRs


Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/8


Special features of the AUMATIC Foundation Fieldbus interface

23Available source VCRs

23Available publisher VCRs

23Available subscriber VCRs

0x01DD revision

020101CFF revision

6.1.2ITK revision

Available channels

0, 1, 3, 20, 21Analog Output (AO) function blocks

0, 2, 4 – 19Discrete Output (DO) function blocks

0, 67, 68, 69, 70Analog Input (AI) function blocks

0, 22 – 66, 71Discrete Input (DI) function blocks

Number of function blocks with their respective execution times [ms]

30 ms8 Discrete Output (DO) function blocks

30 ms2 Analog Output (AO) function blocks

20 ms10 Discrete Input (DI) function blocks

30 ms4 Analog Input (AI) function blocks

40 ms1 Signal Characterizer (SC) function block

30 ms1 Input Selector (IS) function block

40 ms1 Proportional/Integral/Differential (PID) function block

Service conditions


















Option:


Coating




Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 7/8


Accessories


Wall bracket




Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y005.951/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 8/8


Allgemeine Informationen

Stellantriebs-Steuerung AC 01.2 zur Steuerung von Drehantrieben der Baureihe SA/SAR .2 und Schwenkantriebe der Baureihe SQ/SQR .2 mitHART Schnittstelle




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz


220 – 240220 – 240110 – 120110 – 120Volt

60506050Hz




208Volt690660600575575525240220Volt

60Hz5050606050505050Hz


DC currentVoltages

220125110604824Volt


Power supply





Current consumption




Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/7

AC 01.2HARTTechnical data Actuator controls



Standard:Switchgear




Via HART interfaceDevice category: ActuatorAnalogue 4 – 20 mA setpoint with digital HART communicationDevice category: Current OutputAnalogue 4 – 20 mA position feedback signal with digital HART communication

Control and feedback signals

Device category: “Actuator”:● Inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY, I/O interface, (via opto-isolator thereof OPEN, STOP,

CLOSE with one common and EMERGENCY, I/O interface respectively without common)- OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY control inputs- I/O interface: Selection of control type ( HART or additional input signals)

Device category: “Current Output”:● Inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY, I/O interface, MODE (via opto-isolator thereof OPEN,

STOP, CLOSE, MODE with one common and EMERGENCY, I/O interface respectively without common)- OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY control inputs- I/O interface: Selection of control type ( HART or additional input signals)- MODE: Selection between open-close duty (OPEN, STOP, CLOSE) or modulating duty (0/4 – 20

mA position setpoint)

HART interface with additional inputsignals (option)



Options:


Via HART interfaceStatus signals










All binary output signals must be supplied with the same potential.In combination with device category: “Actuator”:● Analogue output signal for position feedback


HART interface with additional outputsignals (option)


Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/7






Option:













Option:







- Position setpoint via HART interface- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible via HART

interface






Options:


Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/7



● EMERGENCY operation (programmable behaviour)- Digital input: Low active (option)- Reaction can be selected: Stop, run to end position CLOSED, run to end position






● Interlock for main/by-pass valve: Enabling the operation commands OPEN or CLOSEvia HART interface



Options:












Options:





Device category: “Actuator” TPCAI000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000Device category: „Current Output“:TPCAJ000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000

Wiring diagram (basic version)



Via HART interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.


Device category: “Actuator” TPCAI000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000Device category: “Current Output”: TPCAJ000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000

Wiring diagram (basic version)

Einstellungen/Programmierung der HART Schnittstelle

Die Einstellung der HART Adresse erfolgt über das HART Kommando 6 bzw. alternativ über das Displayder AC 01.2 (Defaultwert: 0)

Setting the HART address


Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/7


Allgemeine Daten der HART Schnittstelle

Point-to-point wiringNetwork topology

HART, baud rate 1.2 kbit/sDevice class: "Actuator"● FSK (Frequency Shift Key) modulated to 4 – 20 mA setpoint signal● Eingangsimpedanz: 250 Ω. Die Impedanzen anderer angeschlossener HART Geräte (parallel oder

seriell) müssen innerhalb der HART Spezifikation liegen.● Point-to-point wiring● Signal range: 4 – 20 mA● Working range: 2 – 22 mA● Minimum operation voltage: 7 V (at 22 mA)● Integrated reverse polarity protection

Gerätekategorie: „Current Output":● FSK (Frequency Shift Key) auf 4 – 20 mA Stellungsrückmeldung aufmoduliert● Eingangsimpedanz: 40 kΩ. Die Impedanzen anderer angeschlossener HART Geräte (parallel oder

seriell) müssen innerhalb der HART Spezifikation liegen.● Punkt-zu-Punkt oder Multidrop Verdrahtung● Stromausgang aktiv, kurzschlussfest. Keine weitere externe Spannungsversorgung erlaubt

Communication signal

Refer to HART specificationHART cable specification

Interne Spannungsversorgung der HART Schnittstelle durch die Stellantriebs-Steuerung (erfordert außerder HART Versorgungsspannung keine weitere Versorgung)

Power supply

Manufacturer name: AUMAManufacturer ID: 0x607CHART protocol revision: 7.4Number of device variables: 12Model name: AUMATIC AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2Device type code: 0xE1FD

Device identification

● Universal Commands● Common Practice Commands:

- Command 33 (Read Device Variables)- Command 40 (Enter/Exit Fixed Current Mode)- Command 42 (Perform Device Reset)- Command 45 (Trim Loop Current Zero)- Command 46 (Trim Loop Current Gain)- Command 50 (Read Dynamic Variable Assignments)- Command 79 (Write Device Variable)- Command 95 (Read Device Communication Statistics)

● Device Specific Commands:- Command 128 (Write Operation Command)- Command 131 (Read Software Version)- Command 132 (Reset to Factory Default)- Command 133 (Reset Operational Data)- Command 134 (Reset HART Configuration)- Command 160 (Read Parameter)- Command 161 (Write Parameter)- Command 162 (Read Process Data)

Supported HART commands


Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/7


Befehle und Meldungen der HART Schnittstelle

Device class: "Actuator"Supported control types:● Loop Current Mode activated:

Analogue 4 – 20 mA control signal for position setpoint● Loop Current Mode deactivated:

Digital HART commands for position setpoint (0 – 100.0 %) or for discrete operation in directions OPENand CLOSE

Gerätekategorie: „Current Output":● Loop Current Mode activated:

Analoges 4 – 20 mA Ausgangssignal zur Stellungsrückmeldung (Punkt-zu-Punkt Verdrahtung)Digitale HART Kommandos für Stellungssollwert (0 – 100,0 %) bzw. für diskrete Fahrbefehle inFahrtrichtung AUF und ZU

● Loop Current Mode deaktiviert: Analoges Ausgangssignal zur Stellungsrückmeldung auf 4 mA fixiert(Multidrop Verdrahtung)Digital HART commands for position setpoint (0 – 100.0 %) or for discrete operation in directions OPENand CLOSE

Output data

End positions OPEN, CLOSEDPosition setpointActual torque value, requires magnetic limit and torque transmitter (MWG) in actuatorSelector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTERunning indication (directional)Torque switches OPEN, CLOSEDLimit switches OPEN, CLOSEDManual operation by handwheel or via local controlsAnalogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputsDevice Status Informationen● Field Device Status● Device Specific Status● Extended Device Status Information● Standardized Status● Analog Channel Saturated● Analog Channel Fixed

Feedback signals

Motor protection trippedTorque switch tripped in mid-travelOne phase missingFailure of analogue customer inputs

Fehlermeldungen

Service conditions














Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/7


Service conditions






Option:


Coating



Accessories


Wall bracket




Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y006.470/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 7/7


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls in SIL version for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR .2type range.

Information on SIL features of AC 01.2-SIL actuator controls


Via digital inputs Safe ESD a,b and/or Safe STOP OPEN/CLOSESIL control

24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per inputControl voltage/current consumptionfor inputs of the SIL functions

1 potential-free change-over contact (max. 24 V DC/1 A) for SIL collective failure signalSIL status signal

● Safe ESD- Digital inputs (redundant inputs) low active- Reaction can be selected: Run to end position CLOSED (Safe ESD CLOSE, CLOSE),

run to end position OPEN (Safe ESD OPEN, OPEN)- Torque monitoring and forced limit seating (OPEN and CLOSE) for Safe ESD can

be by-passed- Thermal protection for Safe ESD can be by-passed

● Seating types can be set- Forced limit seating in end position (Actuator only stops once end positions OPEN

or CLOSED are reached irrespective of the torque applied.)- Limit seating with overload protection (Once the set tripping point in end positions

OPEN or CLOSED has been reached, the actuator will be switched off. If excessivetorque is applied during travel, the actuator is already switched off prior to reachingthe end position.)

- Forced torque seating (Actuator only stops when reaching the set end position torque.)

Standard:SIL functions - safety functions

● Safe STOP- 2 digital inputs (OPEN and CLOSE) low active- Reaction can be selected: STOP in direction OPEN (Safe STOP OPEN) and/or STOP

in direction CLOSE (Safe STOP CLOSE)

● Combination of Safe ESD and Safe STOP

Options:

Safety functions are executed irrespective of selector switch position LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE.Local controls

● Actuator operation monitoring, generates SIL fault signal● Monitoring of redundant wiring Safe ESD: In case of incorrect wiring, a SIL fault signal is generated● Internal monitoring of the SIL components of the controls. In case of a fault, a SIL fault signal is generated.

SIL monitoring functions

Due to the requirements on functional safety, other restrictions with regard to configuration options of theactuator and the actuator controls not listed here do apply.

Configuration

● The actuator must be equipped with a blinker transmitter.● The actuator is supplied with the motor locked in disengaged position. Motor operation will only be

possible once the lock is disabled.

Actuator version in combination withAC .2-SIL

Further options for version with MWG in actuator

Forced limit seating in end positionSIL limit switches

Only actuators in clockwise closing version may be used.Actuator version in combination withAC .2-SIL


Y006.181/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/5

AC 01.2-SIL

Technical data Actuator controls in SIL version

Information on general features of AC 01.2-SIL actuator controls




500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz

Special voltages AC:


690660600575575525240220Volt

5050606050505050Hz

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %Permissible variation of mains frequency: ±5 %

Power supply

660 V and 690 V not permissible in combination with thyristors

24 V DC +20 %/–15 %Current consumption: Basic version approx. 250 mA, with options up to 500 mAExternal power supply must have reinforced insulation against mains voltage in accordance with IEC 61010-1 and may only be supplied by a circuit limited to 150 VA in accordance with IEC 61010-1.The "external supply of electronics" option refers to the components of the standard actuator controls.However, the SIL components of the actuators controls are not supplied.


Current consumption of the actuator controls depending on mains voltage:For permissible variation of mains voltage of ±10 %:● 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA● 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA● 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA

Current consumption




Open-closeduty:

Switchgear

Thyristor unit for mains voltage up to 600 V AC (required to meet the safety figures for mod-ulating actuators) for AUMA power classes B1 and B2

Modulatingduty:


6 digital inputs: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY (via opto-isolator, thereof OPEN, STOP, CLOSEwith one common and EMERGENCY without common, respect minimum pulse duration for modulatingactuators).

Control inputs

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)

Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switchREMOTE, SIL function active, SIL fault, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN

- 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)Default configuration: Collective fault signal (torque fault, phase failure, motor protec-tion tripped)

● Analogue output signal for position feedback- Galvanically isolated position feedback 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)


● 6 programmable output contacts:- 5 change-over contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1

potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)

● 6 programmable output contacts:- 6 potential-free change-over contacts without one common, per contact max. 250 V

AC, 5 A (resistive load)

All output signals must be supplied with the same potential.

Options:


Y006.181/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/5

AC 01.2-SIL
















Option:






haviour programmable● Running indication blinking: can be set


● Positioner- Position setpoint via analogue input 0/4 – 20 mA- Programmable behaviour on loss of signal- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Split range operation- MODE input for selecting between OPEN-CLOSE and setpoint control


Options:

● Valve overload protection: adjustable, results in switching off and generates fault signal● Motor temperature monitoring (thermal monitoring): results in switching off and generates fault indication● Monitoring the heater within actuator: generates warning signal● Monitoring of permissible on-time and number of starts: adjustable, generates warning signal● Operation time monitoring: adjustable, generates warning signal● Phase failure monitoring: results in switching off and generates fault signal


● Electronic device ID with order and product data● Logging of operating data: A resettable counter and a lifetime counter each for:● Time-stamped event report with history for setting, operation and faults● Status signals according to NAMUR recommendation NE 107: "Failure", "Function check", "Out of

specification", "Maintenance required"



PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistors within actuator motorOption:


● Screw-type or crimp-type connection● Gold-plated control plug (sockets and plugs)

Options:


Y006.181/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/5

AC 01.2-SIL





● Pg-threads, NPT-threads, G-threads● Terminals or crimp-type connection

Options:

TPCC-0A1-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-1A1-AB0Wiring diagram (basic version)



Galvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω).Torque feedback signal

● Torque characteristics- 3 torque characteristics (torque-travel characteristic) for opening and closing directions can be saved

separately. Torque characteristics stored can be shown on the display.

Diagnostic function

TPCC-0A1-1A1-A000 TPA00R10A-1I1-AB0Wiring diagram (basic version)

Service conditions



≤ 2 000 m above sea level> 2,000 m above sea level, on request




Low temperature versions with heating system only




According to AUMA definition, enclosure protection IP68 meets the following requirements:● Depth of water: Maximum 8 m head of water● Duration of continuous immersion in water: Maximum 96 hours





Option:


Coating



Accessories


Wall bracket




Y006.181/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/5

AC 01.2-SIL


Further information


Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems: (IEC 61508)Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC): (2014/30/EU)Low Voltage Directive: (2014/35/EU)Machinery Directive: (2006/42/EC)

EU Directives

Brochure Electric actuators for industrial valve automationDimensions Multi-turn actuators with AUMATIC integral controlsDimensions Part-turn actuators with AUMATIC integral controlsManual Functional Safety Actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2/SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2/SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2/SAREx07.2 – SAREx 16.2, SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2/ SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2/ SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2/ SQREx 05.2 –SQREx 14.2 with actuator controls AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2 in SIL version

Reference documents


Y006.181/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/5

AC 01.2-SIL


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls in SIL version for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR .2type range with Profibus DP interface.

















Options:





Configuration








Y006.183/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/6

AC 01.2-SILProfibus DPTechnical data Actuator controls in SIL version





500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz



690660600575575525240220Volt

5050606050505050Hz


Power supply





Current consumption




Open-closeduty:

Switchgear


Modulatingduty:


Via Profibus DP interfaceControl and feedback signals

Access to parameters, the electronic name plate and the operating and diagnostic data with acyclic write/readservices


Redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212 (Primary and Backup withRedCom)Synchronisation of time between actuator controls and Profibus master with subsequent time stamp of themost important events such as malfunctions, end position and torque signals from actuator controls


Requires Profibus DP-V2 (option)Redundant line topology with universal redundancy behaviour according to AUMA redundancy I or IIRedundant line topology and redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212(Primary and Backup with RedCom)

Redundancy (option)


Y006.183/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/6












Option:







- Position setpoint via Profibus DP interface- Programmable behaviour on loss of signal- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Split range operation- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible via

Profibus DP interface



Options:











Options:



Options:

TPCCA0G4-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-1A1-AB0Wiring diagram (basic version)


Y006.183/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/6




Via Profibus DP interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.




Diagnostic function

TPCCA0G4-1A1-A000 TPA00R10A-1I1-AB0Wiring diagram (basic version)

Settings/programming the Profibus DP interface

Automatic baud rate recognitionBaud rate setting

The Profibus DP address is set via the actuator controls display.Setting the fieldbus address

For optimum adaptation to the process control system, the process representation input (feedback) can befreely configured.

Configurable process representationvia GSD file

General Profibus DP interface data

Profibus DP according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784Communication protocol

Line (fieldbus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented. Coupling anduncoupling of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.

Network topology


EIA-485 (RS-485)Profibus DP interface

Possible cable length with repeater (totalnetwork cable length):

Max. cable length(segment length) without repeater

Baud rate (kbit/s)

approx. 10 km1,200 m9.6 – 93.75

approx. 10 km1,000 m187.5

approx. 4 km400 m500

approx. 2 km200 m1 500


DP master class 1, e.g. central controllers such as PLC, PC, ...DP master class 2, e.g. programming/configuration toolsDP slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensors

Device types

32 devices without repeater, with repeater expandable to 126Number of devices

Token-passing between masters and polling for slaves. Mono-master or multi-master systems are possible.Fieldbus access

Cyclic data exchange, sync mode, freeze mode, fail safe modeSupported Profibus DP functions

Standard applications with Profibus DP-V0 and DP-V10x0C4F:Profibus DP ident no.

Applications with Profibus DP-V20x0CBD:


Y006.183/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/6


Commands and signals of the Profibus DP interface

OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, EMERGENCY operation command, enable local controls,Interlock OPEN/CLOSE


● End positions OPEN, CLOSED● Actual position value● Actual torque value, requires MWG in actuator● Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE● Running indication (directional)● Torque switches OPEN, CLOSED● Limit switches OPEN, CLOSED● Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls● Analogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs


● Motor protection tripped● Torque switch tripped in mid-travel● One phase missing● SIL fault (option, must not be used in SIS)




Service conditions


















Option:


Coating




Y006.183/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/6


Accessories


Wall bracket



Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y006.183/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/6


General information

AC 01.2 actuator controls in SIL version for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SA/SAR type range and part-turn actuators of the SQ/SQR .2type range with Modbus RTU interface.

















Options:





Configuration








Y006.182/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/6

AC 01.2-SILModbus RTUTechnical data Actuator controls in SIL version





500480460440415400400380380230220Volt

5060606050605060505060Hz



690660600575575525240220Volt

5050606050505050Hz


Power supply





Current consumption




Open-closeduty:

Switchgear


Modulatingduty:


Via Modbus RTU interfaceControl and feedback signals

Redundant line topology with universal redundancy behaviour according to AUMA redundancy I or IIRedundant loop topology in combination with SIMA Master Station● Max. number of actuators with actuator controls per redundant loop: 247 units● Max. possible cable length between the actuators equipped with actuator controls without external re-

peater: 1,200 m● Max. possible total length per redundant ring: approx. 290 km● Automatic commissioning of the redundant ring by means of the SIMA Master Station

Redundancy (option)


Y006.182/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/6












Option:







- Position setpoint via Modbus RTU interface- Programmable behaviour on loss of signal- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)- Split range operation- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control possible viafieldbus

interface



Options:











Options:



Options:

TPCCC0G4-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-1A1-AB0Wiring diagram (basic version)


Y006.182/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/6




Via Modbus RTU interfaceGalvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combinationwith output contacts.




Diagnostic function

TPCCC0G4-1A1-A000 TPA00R10A-1I1-AB0Wiring diagram (basic version)

Settings/programming the Modbus RTU interface



Modbus RTU according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784Communication protocol

● Line (fieldbus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented.● Coupling and uncoupling of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.

Network topology


EIA-485 (RS-485)Fieldbus interface

Redundant line topology:

Possible cable length with repeater(total network cable length)

Max. cable length (segment length)without repeater

Baud rate (kbit/s)

approx. 10 km1,200 m9.6 – 115.2

Redundant ring topology:

Max. possible cable length of re-dundant loop

Max. cable length between actuat-ors (without repeater)

Baud rate (kbit/s)

approx. 290 km1,200 m9.6 – 115.2


Modbus slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensorsDevice types

32 devices in each segment without repeater, with repeaters expandable to 247Number of devices

Polling between master and slaves (query response)Fieldbus access




Y006.182/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 4/6


Commands and signals of the Modbus RTU interface



● End position OPEN, CLOSED● Actual position value● Actual torque value, requires MWG in actuator● Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE● Running indication (directional)● Torque switch OPEN, CLOSED● Limit switch OPEN, CLOSED● Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls● Analogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs


● Motor protection tripped● Torque switch tripped in mid-travel● One phase missing● Loss of the analogue customer inputs




Service conditions


















Option:


Coating




Y006.182/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 5/6


Accessories


Wall bracket



Further information



EU Directives


Reference documents


Y006.182/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 6/6


Size G3 G5 G7

Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 380 x 210 mm 500 x 500 x 210 mm 760 x 760 x 300 mm

Suitable for utili-zation category

SA 07.2 - 16.2, 3ph A4 – A4 Wide range voltage,A4 with disconnect switch

SA 07.2 - 16.2, DC A4 only in 24 V DC version A5 A2/A4/A5 with RA1), A6

SA 25.1 - 48.1, 3ph A4 A5 A4/A5 Wide range voltage,A4/A5 with disconnect switchA6

Notes on table

1) RA RA = Starting resistance



3-phase AC current Voltages/frequencies/voltage tolerance

Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500

Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50

% ±10 ±10 ±10 ±10 ±10 ±10 ±10

Special voltages:

3-phase AC current Voltages/frequencies/voltage tolerance

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 600 660 690

Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50

% ±10 ±10 ±10 ±5 ±10 ±10 ±10 ±10

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %/±5 % (standard), ±20 % (option), wide range voltage


Standard voltages:

DC currentVoltages

Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220


Motor protection 3-phase AC:(option)

Thermoswitches with automatic reset

Thermal overload relay with manual reset

DC current:(standard)

Thermal overload relay with manual reset

Special components (option) Disconnect switch

Threads for cable entries M25, 2 x M40 including cable glands

Terminal plan SA 07.2 - 16.2, 3ph: • TPCE00-A--B-10000 TPA91000000000000 (with thermal overload relay for actua-tor with rated current IN ≤ 25 A)

• TPCE00-A--B-00000 TPA91000000000000 (with thermal overload relay for actua-tor with rated current IN ≤ 25 A)

• TPCE00-B--B-10000 TPA91000000000000 (with thermal overload relay for actua-tor with rated current IN within range > 25 A up to max. 30 A)

• TPCE00-B--B-00000 TPA91000000000000 (with thermal overload relay and twin wiring for actuator with rated current IN within range > 25 A up to max. 30 A)

This data applies to:

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2 with 3-phase AC motors

SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2 with DC motors

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 with 3-phase AC motors

Control box CB 01.1

Technical data Control box


Y006.379/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/2

Terminal plan SA 07.2 - 16.2, DC: TPCE120-1-B910000 TPA91000000000000 (24 VDC DC shunt motor with thermal overload relays)

TPCE130-1-B910000 TPA91000000000000 (24 VDC compound motors with thermal overload relays)

TPCE120---B910000 TPA91000000000000 (48 – 60 V DC DC shunt motor with ther-mal overload relays)

TPCE121---B910000 TPA91000000000000 (48 – 60 V DC DC shunt motor with ther-mal overload relays and starting resistance)

TPCE130---B910000 TPA91000000000000 (48 – 60 V DC DC shunt motor with ther-mal overload relay)

TPCE131---B910000 TPA91000000000000 (48 – 60 V DC DC shunt motor with ther-mal overload relay and starting resistance)

TPCE120---BA10000 TPA91000000000000 (90 – 220 V DC DC shunt motor with thermal overload relays)

TPCE121---BA10000 TPA91000000000000 (90 – 220 V DC DC shunt motor with thermal overload relays and starting resistance)

SA 25.1 - 48.1, 3ph: TPCE00----B-10000 TPA91000000000000 (with thermal overload relay)

TPCE00----B-00000 TPA91000000000000 (with thermoswitches)

Connecting cables (option) • From control box to actuatorCable length from 2 – 28 m, state desired length in the order

• From control box to actuator controlsCable length from 2 – 100 m, state desired length in the order

Overvoltage category for 3-phase AC current

Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443

Service conditions


Mounting position Suspended




IP66

Corrosion protection, housing material, colour, fi nish coating

Standard: KS, steel, colour R7035 light grey, powder coating


KX, stainless steel

KS Suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and high pollu-tion.

KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and high pol-lution.

Further information



Reference documents Dimensions Control box CB 01.1

Control box CB 01.1

Technical data Control box

Y006.379/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/2


3 Technical data Miscellaneous

Output drive types Spring-loaded stem nut AF 07.2 – AF 60.2 94 Spring-loaded stem nut AF 10.2 – AF 60.2, Technical description 95 Output drive type IB/IE – insulated output drive, Technical description 96 Switches Switches for actuators 97 Position transmitter/Reduction gearings Electronic position transmitter/potentiometer 99 Sizing of reduction gearings 102 Corrosion protection Types of corrosion protection 104 Corrosion protection KS in acc. to painting spec. P1.001 105 Corrosion protection KS in acc. to painting spec. P1.002 106 Corrosion protection KX in acc. to painting spec. P1.001 108 Corrosion protection KX in acc. to painting spec. P1.002 109 Painting specifications Painting specification P1.001 111 Painting specification P1.002 112 Painting specification K-MASS 113 Lubricants Grease and oil quantities 115 Ambient temperatures/lubricant in the gear housing 118 Accessories Telescopic protection tube, Technical description 120 Stem protection tube, Technical description 122 Parking frame and protection cover 124

3. T

echn

ical

dat

a

Mis

cella

neou

s

Type Spring constant

Spring stroke Solid force Preload Usable stroke Force usable leaving suffi cient reserve

Remaining stroke

Stemdiameter Ø d6

[kN/mm]Max.[mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] [mm]

Max.[kN] [mm]

Max.[mm]

AF 07.2 3.1 5.9 20 0.5 1.5 4.7 16 1.2 32

AF 07.6 6.8 5.6 41 0.4 2.7 4.5 33 1.1 32

AF 10.2 10.2 6.0 65 0.4 4.3 4.7 52 1.3 32

AF 14.2 14.2 8.1 125 0.7 9.6 6.3 100 1.8 51

AF 16.2 19.2 9.6 200 0.8 14.9 7.5 160 2.1 65

AF 25.2 23.7 12.3 315 0.9 21.3 10 260 2.3 85

AF 30.2 32.7 14.0 510 1.6 52.0 11 410 3.0 102

AF 35.2 44.8 17.5 860 1.7 76.0 14 700 3.5 150

AF 40.2 43.1 21.4 1,000 1.8 76.5 17 800 4.4 175

AF 48.2 84,2 30,4 3000 2,4 438 24 2630 4,0 180

AF 60.2 84.2 30.4 3,000 2.4 438 24 2,630 4.0 180

Suitable for modulating duty to a limited extent only. Please contact AUMA.

Solid force

Max. force leavingapprox. 25% reserve

Preload in kN

PreloadUsable stroke

Remainingstroke

Max. spring storke

Spring stroke

Sprin

g fo

rce

AF 07.2 – AF 60.2

Technical data Spring loaded stem nut


Y001.225/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

1. Function

The output drive type AF, spring-loaded stem nut, allows for limited axial stem nut offset within the output mounting fl ange. This helps to prevent valve damage and protects the axial bearings of the output drive against excessive load.

2. Use

The use of spring-loaded stem nuts type AF is recommended for the following applications:

2.1 Globe valves: • Operating speed ≥ 250 mm/min.• Output speed of the multi-turn actuator: ≥ 45.1 rpm

2.2 Gate valves: Operating speed ≥ 500 mm/min.

2.3 The mentioned limit values are based on experience. When exceeding these values, please check thoroughly whether and problems or damage may occur when operating the valve without a spring-loaded stem nut.

2.4 The use of a spring-loaded stem nut is also recommended if high temperature fl uctuations of the medium in the pipes are to be expected for globe valves and gate valves.

2.5 If extended delay times occur between torque switch tripping and the ensuing motor power cut-out for actuator control, the spring-loaded stem nut can signifi cantly reduce excess torque.

3. Version

3.1 Output drive type AF is available in two versions: • Spring-loaded version in both directions, e.g. type AF 10.2 (is acknowledged if the valve type is unknown) • Spring-loaded version in direction CLOSE, e.g. type AF 10.2-Z

3.2 The spring-loaded version for "direction CLOSE only" must be implemented, if it is to be expected that short-term peak torques are required during unseating from the end position CLOSED. These torques will drop immediately after unseating (typical for wedge gate valves).

3.3 In practical use, this means that the spring-loaded version in “direction CLOSE only” must be used for all conventional wedge gate valves.The spring-loaded version for both directions can be used for back seal valves e.g. globe valves.

4. Special features

If the output drive type AF is requested for special wedge gate valves when back seal control is required, please contact AUMA.

5. Ambient temperature range

–40 °C to +80 °C

6. Documentation

• Technical data AF 07.2 – AF 60.2 • Dimensions Output drive types AF 07.2 – AF 16.2 • Dimensions Output drive types AF 25.2 – AF 60.2

7. Safety instructions

The spring stack is subject to high pre-tension. For this reason, the spring stack may only be disassembled from the output mounting fl ange by authorised staff using the appropriate tools.

AF 07.2 – AF 60.2

Technical description Spring loaded stem nut


Y003.034/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/1

Figure 1: Design

1 Coupling sleeve

2 Circlip

3 Actuator mounting fl ange (stainless steel)(only for mounting to actuator sizes SA 07.1/07.2/07.5/07.6)

4 Top and bottom made of cloth reinforced laminate

5 Output drive plug sleeve made of cloth reinforced laminate

6 Output drive sleeve

1

4

3

2

6

5

1. Function

Corrosion is generated by a natural process: Oxidation of metals in combination with water and oxygen.

The insulated output drive IB/IE avoids corrosion by applying cathodic protection (CS):

Cathodic corrosion protection considerably reduces the corrosion rate on metal structures by permanently lowering the elec-trical potential. This results in a suffi cient decrease in the ion mobility between metal and electrolyte. Consequently, the metal to be protected is made virtually resistant against corrosion.

2. Use/application

The use of an insulated output drive is recommended for the following applications:

2.1 For metal constructions in electro conductive environments such as soil or water. e.g. corrosion protection for buried gas pipes.

2.2 Note:

Isolating spark gaps for lightning conditions between multi-turn actuator and pipe are not part of the AUMA delivery.

A potential supplier is the company Dehn, with the product TFS (isolating spark gaps - ISG).

3. Sizes/versions/related documents

3.1 Insulated output drives are available in the following sizes and version: • IB 07.2, IB 10.2, IB 14.2, IB 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to DIN 3210 • IB1 07.2, IB1 10.2, IB1 14.2, IB1 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to EN ISO 5210 • IB3 07.2, IB3 10.2, IB3 14.2, IB3 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to EN ISO 5210 • IE 07.2, IE 10.2, IE 14.2, IE 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to DIN 3210

3.2 Related documents: • Dimensions Output drive types IB/IE - Insulated output drive for SA .2 multi-turn actuators (Y006.244) • Dimensions Output drive types IB1/IB - Insulated output drive for SA .1 multi-turn actuators and GK/GST gearboxes

(Y001.230) • Dimensions Output drive types IB3/IB - Insulated output drive for SA .1 multi-turn actuators and GK/GST gearboxes

(Y001.231)

4. Mounting options for SA 07.2 – SA 16.2, SA 07.1 – SA 25.1

SA-IB-valve

SA-IB-GK-valve

SA-IB-GST-valve

Note:

To adapt the SA .2 actuators to available insulated output drive with fl anges F10 and F14 (year of manufacture: 2009 and earlier), an adapter is required. The adapter can be ordered from AUMA.

5. Ambient temperature

–30°C to +70 °C

–40°C to +80 °C

–60°C to +60 °C

6. Special features

Test performed according to internal specifi cation KV 1.2.16.2The high voltage test is performed at 5,000 V (10 seconds). Certifi ed by test stamp.

IB/IE

Technical description Output drive type IB/IE - insulated output drive


Y006.380/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/1

Limit and torque switches

Application/description Standard: Single switches (1 NC and 1 NO) for each end position, not galvanically isolated

Options: Tandem switches (2 NC and 2 NO) for each end position, switches galvanically isolated

Switches with forced opening (1 NC contact)

Type designation/order code Limit switches: 8, 8.2, 8.3, 8-S, 8.2-S

Torque switches: 6, 6.2, 6-S, 6.2-S

Mechanical lifetime 2 x 106 starts


IP66

Contact element Snap-action contact (double break)

Operation Via lever

Ambient temperature1) –60 °C to +120 °C

Contact material: Silver

U min. 24 V AC/DC

U max. 250 V AC/DC

I min. 20 mA

I max. AC current 5 A at 250 V (resistive load)

3 A at 250 V (inductive load, cos phi = 0.6)

I max. DC current 0.4 A at 250 V (resistive load)

0.03 A at 250 V (inductive load, L/R = 3 µs)

7 A at 30 V (resistive load)

5 A at 30 V (inductive load, L/R = 3 µs)

Contact material: Gold

U min. 5 V

U max. 50 V

I min. 4 mA

I max. 400 mA

Wiring diagram

RD

BK

RD

BK

BK

2

RD

2

BK

RD

BK

2

RD

2

BK

RD

TSC 1/TSO 1LSC 1/LSO 1

TSC/TSO LSC/LSO

Signalling Switching off

II Tandem switchesI Single switches

Colour of wires: RD - red (NC), BK - black (NO)

Only the same potential can be switched on the two circuits of each microswitch. If different potentials are to be switched simultaneously, this is only possible when using tandem switches (two galvanically separate microswitches in one housing).

To ensure reliable signalling, the leading contacts (LSC 1/LSO 1 or TSC 1/TSO 1) must be used for this purpose and the lagging contacts (LSC/LSO or TSC/TSO) for switching off.

[LSC = WSR; LSO = WOEL; TSC = DSR; TSO = DOEL]

Safety related assessment of limit and torque switches

The end position signalisation of the AUMA limit and torque switches with order codes 6-S, 6.2-S, 8-S, 8.2-S were subjected to a safety-related assess-ment in cooperation with exida GmbH.

The determined failure rate can be used for the assessment of a safety function to determine the usability in safety instrumented systems (SIS). Com-pared to the PFD values of IEC 61508, the failure rate is within the SIL 2 range.

Upon request, the test report can be provided.

Test according to EN 60947

For switches with order codes 6-S, 6.2-S, 8-S, 8.2-S, a test certificate in accordance with EN 60947 is available. Upon request, the certificate can also be provided.

1) Refer to notes on page 2.

Actuators



Y004.619/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/2

Blinker transmitter for running indication

Mechanical lifetime 107 starts

Operation Segment washer

Contact element Snap action contact

Contact material Standard: Silver

Option: Gold

Type of contact Change-over contact


U min. 10 V AC/DC

U max. 250 V AC/DC

I max. AC current 3 A at 250 V (resistive load)

2 A at 250 V (inductive load, cos phi ≈ 0.8)

I max. DC current 0.25 A at 250 V (resistive load)

Ambient temperature1) –60 °C to +120 °C

Handwheel activation switch

Mechanical lifetime 106 starts

Operation Lever

Contact element Snap action contact

Contact material Standard: Silver

Option: Gold

Type of contact Change-over contact


U min. 12 V DC

U max. 250 V AC

I max. AC current 3 A at 250 V (inductive load, cos phi = 0.8)

I max. DC current 3 A at 12 V (resistive load)

Ambient temperature1) -60 °C to +80 °C

Notes on tables on pages 1 and 2

1) Ambient temperature Ambient temperature range depends on temperature range of the actuator (refer to name plate)

Actuators


Y004.619/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/2


EWG 01.1

Contactless and wear-free sensing of the valve position by means of Hall sensors for signalling the valve position.

Data 3-wire and 4-wire systems 2-wire system

Output current IA 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA 4 – 20 mA

Supply voltage UV1) 24 V DC (18 – 32 V) 24 V DC (18 – 32 V)

Max. current consumption LED off = 26 mA, LED on = 27 mA 20 mA

Max. load RB 600 Ω (UV – 12 V)/20 mA

Impact of power supply 0,1 %

Load influence 0,1 %

Temperature impact < 0.1 ‰/K

Ambient temperature – 60 °C2)/–40 °C to +80 °C3)/+90 °C3)

EWG 01.1

Plug/socket connector XKfor customer connection

4 – 20 mA

21 22 23 24

14

Wiring

2-wire system

EWG 01.1

Plug/socket connector XK for customer connection

0 – 20 mA4 – 20 mA

20 2221 23 24

+24 V 0 V

421

EWG 01.1


0 – 20 mA4 – 20 mA

20 2221 23 24

+24 V 0 V

4321

3-wire system 4-wire system

Measuring point 1 (+)

Measuring point 2 (–) 0/4 – 20 mA

S1 (0/4 mA)

LEDS2 (20 mA)

3-wire and 4-wire systems

2-wire system

1234

Setting: Setting is performed via push buttons S1 (0/4 mA) and S2 (20 mA). Refer to operation instructions relating to actuator.

Notes on table

1) Power supply Power supply possible via: AC, AM actuator controls or external power supply

2) –60 °C for heater in switch compartment

3) Ambient temperature Depending on temperature range of the actuator: Refer to name plate

Inverse operation: Observe inverted assignment of push buttons S1 and S2 during setting.


Multi-turn actuators: SA 25.1 – SA 48.1

SA 07.2 – SA 16.2

SAV 07.2 – SAV 16.2

SAEx 07.2 – SAEx16.2

SAVEx 07.2 – SAVEx 16.2

SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2

SARV 07.2 – SARV 16.2

SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2

SARVEx 07.2 – SARVEx 16.2

Part-turn actuators:

SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2

SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2

SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2

SQREx 05.2 – SQREx 14.2

Limit switching device for manual operation:

WSH

1 – 4 pin contacts on the PCB

EWG 01.1, RWG 4020, potentiometer



Y004.388/003/en Issue 2.17 Page 1/3

RWG 4020

On the basis of the actual potentiometer value, the RWG generates a current signal for signalling the valve position.

Data 3-wire and 4-wire systems 2-wire system

Output current IA 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA 4 – 20 mA

Supply voltage UV1) 24 V DC (18 – 32 V) 14 V DC + (I x RB), max. 30 V

Max. current consumption 24 mA at 20 mA output current 20 mA

Max. load RB 600 Ω (UV – 14 V)/20 mA

Impact of power supply 0.1 %/V 0.1 %/V

Load influence 0.1 %/(0 – 600 Ω) 0.1 %/100 Ω

Temperature impact < 0.3 ‰/K

Ambient temperature – 60 °C2)/–40 °C to +80 °C3)/+90 °C3)

Transmitter potentiometer 5 kΩ

Notes on table

1) Power supply Power supply possible via: AC, AM actuator controls or external power supply



RWG 4020


4 – 20 mA

21 22 23 24

4 1

Wiring

2-wire system

RWG 4020

Plug/socket connector XK for customer connection

0 – 20 mA4 – 20 mA

20 2221 23 24

+24 V 0 V

421

RWG 4020


0 – 20 mA4 – 20 mA

20 2221 23 24

+24 V 0 V

4321

3-wire system 4-wire system

Measuring point 1 (+)

Measuring point 2 (–) 0/4 – 20 mA

R2

(0/4 mA)

N

(20 mA)

M

3-wire and 4-wire systems

2-wire system

Inverse operation:

Setting:

For inverse operation, exchange terminals 7 (red/RD) and 5 (black/BK) on position transmitter board.

Refer to the operation instructions relating to actuator.

1 – 4 connecting terminals on the PCB



Y004.388/003/en Issue 2.17 Page 2/3


Potentiometer

Travel sensor for recording the valve position.

Data Wire potentiometer Film potentiometer Wire potentiometer in tandem version

Film potentiometer in tandem version

Recommended for OPEN-CLOSE duty Modulating duty OPEN-CLOSE duty Modulating duty

Independent linearity ≤ 1 %

Resistance (standard) 0.2 kΩ 5 kΩ 02/0.2 kΩ 1 kΩ/5 kΩ

Resistance (option)1) 0.1 kΩ 0.5 kΩ 1.0 kΩ 2.0 kΩ 5.0 kΩ

1 kΩ 0.5/0.5 kΩ 1.0/1.0 kΩ 0.1/5.0 kΩ 0.2/5.0 kΩ 1.0/5.0 kΩ 5.0/5.0 kΩ

1 kΩ/1 kΩ 5 kΩ/5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance +/– 5 % +/– 10 % +/– 5 % +/– 10 %

Rated power 1.5 W 0.5 W 1.5 W 0.5 W

Max. wiper current 30 mA 0.1 mA 30 mA 0.1 mA

Lifetime 100,000 cycles 5•106 cycles 100,000 cycles 5•106 cycles

Synchronous operation – – +/– 1.5 % +/– 2.0 %

Ambient temperature2) – 60 to +120 °C – 60 °C3)/–40 °C to +90 °C – 60 to +120 °C – 60 °C3)/–40 °C to +90 °C

Notes on table

1) Resistance (option) Further variants on request



The position of the valve can be transmitted as a continuous signal by a potentiometer. The potentiometer is installed in the control unit of the actuator.

We recommend: Using the potentiometer as voltage divider. Depending on the supply voltage, suitable series resistors are to be provided. Please observe max. rated power.

For the tandem version, two signals can be evaluated by two potentiometers, e,g, one signal for external controls or one signal for AUMA AC integral controls.




Y004.388/003/en Issue 2.17 Page 3/3

The sizing must be made to ensure that the max. possible swing angle can be utilised as far as possible with the installed position transmitter. There-fore calculations must be made with the multipliers according to the table below:

Designation Order code Electric rotation angle Multiplier M

Precision wire potentiometer1) 12.1310° +20°/–10° 1.55

Tandem version 12.2

Precision film potentiometer1) 12.3310° +20°/–10° 1.55

Tandem version 12.4

Ex precision wire potentiometer2) 12.1 EMC 250° +20°/–10° 1.85

Ex precision film potentiometer2) 12.1 PX 310° +20°/–10° 1.55

EWG1) 2-wire 40.2

310° +20°/–10° 1.553-wire 40.3

4-wire 40.4

RWG (4020)1) 2-wire 21.2

310° +20°/–10° 1.553-wire 21.3

4-wire 21.4

RGW Ex (5020 Ex)2) 21.2 Ex 310° +20°/–10° 1.55

IWG (4020)1) 2-wire 17.2

310° +20°/–10° 1.553-wire 17.3

4-wire 17.4

General information

For potentiometer, RWG or IWG operation, the control unit provides a transmission ratio of 1:1.29.

Determination of the optimum reduction ratio: IO = turns/stroke x M

Either the reduction gearing with the calculated reduction ratio or the next higher reduction ratio must be used

Reduction gearing 10.1 – xx

Standard reduction ratios (IS)

2.0:1 13.5:1 91:1 608:1 4,096:1

2.4:1 16.0:1 108:1 729:1 4,870:1

2.8:1 19.0:1 128:1 867:1 5,833:1

3.4:1 22.5:1 152:1 1024:1 6,937:1

4.0:1 27.0:1 182:1 1,217:1 8,308:1

4.8:1 32.0:1 216:1 1,458:1 9,741:1

5.6:1 38.0:1 256:1 1,734:1 16,384:1

6.7:1 45.0:1 304:1 2,048:1 –

8.0:1 54.0:1 364:1 2,435:1 –

9.5:1 64.0:1 433:1 2,916:1 –

11:1 76.0:1 512:1 3,468:1 –


Multi-turn actuators: SA 25.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2

SAV 07.2 – SAV 16.2; SARV 07.2 – SARV 16.2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1

SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2; SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2

SAVEx 07.2 – SAVEx 16.2; SARVEx 07.2 – SARVEx 16.2

Limit switching device for manual operation:

WSH

WSHEx

1) – 2) Refer to notes on page 2.

SA multi-turn actuators and WSH limit switching device (manual)Technical data Sizing of reduction gearings for mechanical position indication, potentiometers, EWG, RWG and IWG


Y006.736/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2

Adjustable reduction gearing3)

With the table and the positions of the gear wheels, identification of the selected reduction ratio is possible:

Reduction ratio Position

A (turns/stroke) B (turns/stroke) C (turns/stroke) D (turns/stroke) D (turns/stroke) E (turns/stroke)

1 1.00 (0.5–0.7) 1.26 (0.7-0.8) 1.55 (0.8-1.0) 2.00 (1.0-1.3) 2.50 (1.3-1.6) 3.10 (1.6-2.0)

2 4.00 (2.0-2.6) 5.00 (2.6-3.2) 6.30 (3.2-4.1) 8.00 (4.1-5.2) 10.0 (5.2-6.5) 12.6 (6.5-8.1)

3 16.0 (8.1-10.3) 20.1 (10.3-13.0) 25.3 (13.0-16.3) 31.8 (16.3-20.5) 40.0 (20.5-25.8) 50.4 (25.8-32.5)

4 64.0 (32.5-41.3) 80.5 (41.3-51.9) 101 (51.9-65.2) 127 (65.2-81.9) 160 (81.9-103.2) 201 (103-130)

5 256 (130-165) 322 (165-208) 405 (208-261) 509 (261-328) 641 (328-411) 806 (414-520)

Calculations

Covered angle

Covered Ohm value

iS = standard reduction ratioiO = optimum reduction ratio (calculated)αN = max. perm. electric angle (see above)αP = covered angle at potentiometerαS = covered angle at mechanical position indicatorRN = Nominal resistanceRE = actually covered resistance

Blinker transmitter4)

Output speed

rpm

50 Hz 4 5.6 8 11 16 22 32 45 63 90 125 180

60 Hz 4.8 6.7 9.6 13 19 26 38 54 75 108 150 216

Blinker transmitter

pulses per revolution4 4 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1


1) Not valid for SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1, WSHEx

2) Valid for SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1, WSHEx only

3) Only applicable for multi-turn actuators with mechanical position indication e and temperature –40 °C to +80°C.

4) For WSH, WSHEx, 4 pulses per handwheel rotation

Turns/stroke x 360° x 1.29

iSPotentiometers, RWG, IWG, EWG [�P] =

Turns/stroke x 360°

iSMech. position indicator [�pi] =

RN • αP αN

RE=

SA multi-turn actuators and WSH limit switching device (manual)Technical data Sizing of reduction gearings for mechanical position indication, potentiometers, EWG, RWG and IWG

Y006.736/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 2/2


This overview accounts for atmospheric ambient conditions, but not for special chemical atmospheres, requiring absence of aluminium or nonferrous heavy metal, for example.

Corrosivity categories in accordance with ISO 12944-2 and EN 15714-2Classifi cation of environments

AUMA

Corrosion protection Painting specifi cation(total fi lm thickness)

Powder coating Liquid paint

C1 (very low):

Heated buildings with clean atmospheresKN

P1.001(140 µm)

N1.001(60 µm)C2 (low):

Unheated buildings and rural areas with low level of pollution

C3 (medium):

Production rooms with humidity and moderate pollu-tion. Urban and industrial areas with moderate pollution

KS

N1.003(140 µm)

C4 (high):

Chemical plants and areas with moderate salinity

C5-M (very high, marine):

Coastal and offshore areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation and high pollution

N1.008(220 µm)

C5-I (very high, industrial):

Industrial areas with almost permanent condensation and aggressive atmosphere

KX

Extreme (cooling tower):Areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensa-tion and aggressive atmosphere

KX

KX-G(KX-aluminium-free)

P1.002(200 µm)

Types of corrosion protection

Technical description Types of corrosion protection


Y004.628/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/1

This description applies to AUMA products with powder coating in accordance with painting specif cation P1.001.

Corrosion protection KS based on painting specifi cation P1.001 is suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent conden-sation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and structure of the painting.

1. Materials

1.1 Outside fasteners (e.g. screws) are made of stainless steel with additional metallic surface protection.

1.2 Name plates are made of aluminium.

2. Surface treatment

2.1 After machining, steel parts are covered with metallic surface protection (except SQ/GS coupling and internal GS coupling compartment)

2.2 Aluminium parts such as the handwheel are electrophoretically coated.

3. General information

3.1 Housing parts made of GJL/GJS are blasted: Sa 2 ½ in accordance with EN ISO 12944-4.

3.2 Aluminium housing parts are not blasted.

4. Painting system

4.1 During preliminary treatment, housing parts are chemically cleaned and painted with an Oxsilan® conversion coating.

4.2 Housing parts are primer coated with:Product: FREOPOX PE 1204AManufacturer: Emil Frei GmbH & Co. KGStructure: Thermally hardening powder coating based on epoxy resin.Colour: RAL 7035Film thickness: 70 µm

4.3 Housing parts are fi nish coated with:Product: FREIOTHERM PU 4003MManufacturer: Emil Frei GmbH & Co. KGStructure: Thermally hardening powder coating based on polyurethane.Colour: A0001, AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037 dust grey)Film thickness: 70 µm

5. Total f lm thickness (dry)

The average total fi lm thickness (dry) of the powder coated housing is 140 µm.For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of fi lm thickness has no impact on corrosion protection.

6. Notes

6.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artifi cial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyu-rethane, polyamide and acrylic enamels).We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer.For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.

6.2 Mounting surface to the valve is powder coated.

Corrosion protectionTechnical description Corrosion protection KS with powder coatingin accordance with painting specif cation P1.001


Y004.714/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1


Corrosion protection KS based on painting specifi cation P1.002 is suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent conden-sation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and structure of the painting.

1. Materials

1.1 Outside fasteners (e.g. screws) are made of stainless steel with additional metallic surface protection.1.2 Name plates are made of aluminium.


2.1 After machining, steel parts are covered with metallic surface protection (except SQ/GS coupling and internal GS coupling compartment)





4. Painting system




4.4 Finish paintingThe fi nish painting is applied after device assembly and depends on the desired colour.

4.4.1 Housing parts are fi nish painted with:Product: SikaCor EG 4Manufacturer: Sika Deutschland GmbHStructure: 2-component fi nish painting based on polyurethane with micaceous iron oxideColour: A0001, AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037 dust grey) or DB colour according to work orderFilm thickness: 60 µm (dry)

4.4.2 Housing parts are coated with fi nish painting for special colours:Product: SikaCor EG 5Manufacturer: Sika Deutschland GmbHStructure: 2-component fi nish painting based on polyurethaneColour: Special colour according to work orderFilm thickness: 60 µm (dry)


Average total fi lm thickness (dry) of the powder coated housings including fi nish painting is 200 µm.For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of fi lm thickness has no impact on corrosion protection.



Y005.628 /003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

6. Notes

6.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artifi cial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyu-rethane, polyamide and acrylic enamels).Subsequ ent fi nishing with chlorine rubber paints subject to restrictions.We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer. For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.



Y005.628 /003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2



KX corrosion protection based on painting specifi cation P1.001 is suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and painting system.

1. Materials


1.2 The name plates are made of aluminium.


2.1 After machining, the parts are coated with a metallic surface protection or are made of stainless steel (except for internal GS coupling compartment).


3. General



4. Painting system


4.2 Housing parts are primer coated with:Product: FREOPOX PE 1204AManufacturer: Emil Frei GmbH & Co. KGStructure: Thermally hardening powder coating based on epoxy resinColour: RAL 7035Film thickness: 70 µm

4.3 Housing parts are fi nish coated with:Product: FREIOTHERM PU 4003MManufacturer: Emil Frei GmbH & Co. KGStructure: Thermally hardening powder coating based on polyurethaneColour: A0001, AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037 dust grey)Film thickness: 70 µm


The average total fi lm thickness (dry) of the powder coated housing is 140 µm.For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of fi lm thickness has no impact on corrosion protection.

6. Notes

6.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artifi cial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyure-thane, polyamide and acrylic enamels). We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet paint-ing layer. For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.


Corrosion protectionTechnical description KX corrosion protection with powder coatingin accordance with painting specif cation P1.001


Y007.641/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/1


Corrosion protection KX based on painting specifi cation P1.002 is suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent conden-sation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and painting system.

1. Materials


1.2 The name plates are made of aluminium.


2.1 After machining, the parts are coated with a metallic surface protection (except for internal GS coupling compartment) or are made of stainless steel.


3. General



4. Painting system








Average total fi lm thickness (dry) of the powder coated housings including fi nish painting is 200 µm.For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of fi lm thickness has no impact on corrosion protection.



Y004.716/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

6. Notes

6.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artifi cial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyure-thane, polyamide and acrylic enamels). We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet paint-ing layer. For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.



Y004.716/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2





2. Painting system





Average total fi lm thickness (dry) of the powder coated housing is 140 µm.For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of fi lm thickness has no impact on corrosion protection.

4. Notes

4.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artifi cial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyu-rethane, polyamide and acrylic enamels).We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer.For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.


Painting specif cation P1.001

Technical description Powder coating, primer coating and f nish coating


Y004.477/001/de Issue 1.15 Page 1/1




2. Painting system








Average total fi lm thickness (dry) of the powder coated housings including wet painting layer is 200 µm.For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of fi lm thickness has no impact on corrosion protection.

4. Notes

4.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artifi cial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyu-rethane, polyamide and acrylic enamels). Subsequent fi nishing with chlorine rubber paints subject to restrictions.We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer.For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.


Painting specif cation P1.002

Technical description Powder coating, primer coating, f nish coating and wet painting layer


Y004.522/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1


1.1 Fireproof characteristics are achieved by the patented K-MASSTM coating by Thermal Designs Inc. In the event of a fi re, the coating will expand and absorb the externally supplied thermal energy of the fi re.

2. Characteristics

• Chemically inert • Fixed passive fi re protection • Segment-moulded coating • Test in accordance with strict standards • Protection of electronic elements for 30 minutes at 1,100 °C/2,000 °F

3. Advantages

• Does not fan the fi re • Device remains fully operational • Full access to any component part, without removal of fi re protection • Local operation not impaired • Minimum space requirement • No additional installation cost • Good heat dissipation characteristics • Ambient temperature –50 °C to +85.6 °C • Permanent corrosion protection • Always ready for use • Meets the requirements of ANSI/API607 and UL 1709

4. In case of f re

4.1 Actuators, actuator controls and gearboxes remain completely operational during minimum 30 minutes at a temperature up to 1 100 °C/2 000 °F. Within this period of time, the corresponding fi reproof valve can be operated.

5. Qualif cations

5.1 K-MassTM is hydrocarbon jet and pool fi re tested by: • Bureau Veritas • Faverdale Technology Centre • Sintef of Norway • Southwest Research Institute

6. Finish painting

The fi nish painting depends on the desired colour.

6.1 The intermediate painting is applied to the housing parts:

Product: SikaCor EG 1Manufacturer: Sika Deutschland GmbHStructure: 2-component painting based on epoxy resin with micaceous iron oxideColour: Green (DB 601)Film thickness: 80 μm (dry)

6.2 Housing parts are fi nish painted with:

Product: SikaCor EG 4

Manufacturer: Sika Deutschland GmbH

Structure: 2-component fi nish painting based on polyurethane with micaceous iron oxide

Colour: A0001, AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037 dust grey) or DB colour according to work order

Film thickness: 60 μm (dry)

K-Mass™ Technical description Electric actuators, actuator controls and gearboxes in K-Mass™ (regis-tered trademark of Thermal Designs Inc.) f reproof version


Y005.992/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/2

6.3 Housing parts are coated with fi nish painting for special colours:

Product: SikaCor EG 5Manufacturer: Sika Deutschland GmbHStructure: 2-component fi nish painting based on polyurethaneColour: Special colour according to work orderFilm thickness: 60 μm (dry)

6.4 Mounting face to the valve is without surface treatment, covered with a metallic surface protection or powder coated.

K-Mass™ Technical description Electric actuators, actuator controls and gearboxes in K-Mass™ (regis-tered trademark of Thermal Designs Inc.) f reproof version

Y005.992/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/2


This data applies to1):

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 07.1 – SAR 30.1; SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2 SA 07.2-UW – SA 16.2-UW; SAR 07.2-UW – SAR 16.2-UW SAV 07.2 – SAV 16.2; SARV 07.2 – SARV 16.2 SAExC 07.1 – SAExC 16.1; SARExC 07.1 – SARExC 16.1; SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2; SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2 SAVEx 07.2 – SARVEx 16.2; SARVEx 07.2 – SARVEx 16.2 SAN 07.1 – SAN 25.1; SARN 07.1 – 25.1; SAN 07.2 – SAN 16.2; SARN 07.2 – SARN 16.2 SAI 07.2 – SAI 16.2; SARI 07.2 – SARI 16.2

Part-turn actuators SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2; SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2; SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2; SQREx 05.2 – SQREx 14.2 SG 05 – SG 12; SG 05.1 – SG 12.1; SGR 05.1 – SGR 12.1; SGExC 05.1 – SGExC 12.1 SG 04.2 – SG 10.2; SG 03.3 – SG 05.3 SGM 04.1 – SGM 10.1; SGMR 04.1 – SGMR 10.1; SGC 04.1 – SGC 10.1; SGCR 04.1 – SGCR 10.1

Globe valve actuators SV 05.1 – SV 07.1; SVM 05.1 – SVM 07.5; SVMR 05.1 – SVMR 07.5; SVC 05.1 – SVC 07.5; SVCR 05.1 – SVCR 07.5

Worm gearboxes GS 50.3 – GS 250.3; GS 315 – GS 500; GS 630.3

Primary reduction gearing GZ 16 – GZ 40; GZ 630.3

Coaxial planetary gearing GP 10.1 – GP 30.1

Spur gearboxes GST 10.1 – GST 40.1

Bevel gearboxes GK 10.2 – GK 40.2

Linear thrust units LE 12.1 – LE 200.1

Multi-turn gearboxes GHT 320.3 – GHT 1200.3

Multi-turn actuators

SA 07.1/07.5 10.0/10.1 14.1/14.5 16.1 25.1 30.1 35.1 40.1 48.1

Qty dm3 0.62 -0.03 0.93 -0.04 2.3 -0.1 4.5 ±0.1 11.0 ±0.2 16.0 ±0.2 29.0 +0.4 36.0 +0.4 56.0 +0.5

Weight kg2) 0.56 -0.03 0.84 -0.04 2.1 -0.1 4.1 ±0.1 9.9 ±0.2 14.4 ±0.2 26.1 +0.4 32.4 +0.4 50.4 +0.5

SA 07.2/07.6 10.2 14.2/14.6 16.2

F07 F10/G0

Qty dm3 0.58 ±0.02 0.525 ±0.02 0.9 ±0.02 1.76 ±0.05 3.1 ±0.05

Weight kg2) 0.52 ±0.02 0,47 ±0,02 0.81 ±0.02 1.58 ±0.05 2.8 ±0.05

Part-turn actuators

SQ 05.2 07.2 10.2 12.2 14.2

Qty dm3 0.7 ±0.02 0.7 ±0.02 1.3 ±0.02 1.7 ±0.02 1.8 ±0.05

Weight kg2) 0.63 ±0.02 0.63 ±0.02 1.17 ±0.02 1.53 ±0.02 1.62 ±0.05

SG 05 07 10 12

Qty dm3 0.3 0.3 0.52 0.8

Weight kg2) 0.27 0.27 0.47 0.72

SG 05.1 07.1 10.1 12.1

Qty dm3 0.3 0.3 0.52 0.8

Weight kg2) 0.27 0.27 0.47 0.72

SG 04.2 05.2 07.2 10.2

Qty dm3 0.09 0.14 0.30 0.52

Weight kg3) 0.07 0.12 0.25 0.43

SG 03.3 04.3 05.3

Qty dm3 0.14 0.14 0.23

Weight kg3) 0.12 0.12 0.19

SGM/SGC 04.1 05.1 07.1 10.1

Qty dm3 0.11 0.11 0.24 0.40

Weight kg3) 0.09 0.09 0.20 0.33


AUMA products Technical data Grease and oil quantities


Y003.176/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/3

Globe valve actuators

SV 05.1 07.1

Qty dm3 0.14 0.30

Weight kg3) 0.12 0.25

SVM/SVC 05.1 07.1/07.5

Qty dm3 0.11 0.24

Weight kg3) 0.09 0.20

Worm gearboxes

GS 50.3 63.3 80.3 100.3 (52:1)

100.3 (126:1)

100.3 (160:1)

100.3 (208:1)

125.3 (52:1)

125.3 (126:1)

125.3 (160:1)

Qty dm3 0.1 0.3 0.4 1 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.3 1.65 1.65

Weight kg2) 0.09 0.27 0.36 0.9 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.17 1.49 1.49

GS 125.3 (208:1)

160.3 (54:1)

160.3 (218:1)

160.3 (442:1)

160.3 (880:1)

200.3 (53:1)

200.3 (67:1)

200.3 (214:1)

200.3 (434:1)

200.3 (864:1)

Qty dm3 1.65 3.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 6.6 6.6 8.1 8.1 8.6

Weight kg2) 1.49 3 3.9 3.9 3.9 6 6 7.4 7.4 7.8

GS 200.3 (1 752:1)

250.3 (52:1)

250.3 (210:1)

250.3 (411:1)

250.3 (848:1)

250.3 (1 718:1)

Qty dm3 8.6 12.2 14.4 14.4 14.7 14.7

Weight kg2) 7.8 11 13 13 13.3 13.3

GS 315 400 500 630.3

Qty dm3 27.5 55.0 110.0 216.7

Weight kg2) 25.0 50.0 100.0 195.0

Primary reduction gearing

GZ 30 35 40 40/16

Qty dm3 17.6 18.7 57.2 61.9

Weight kg2) 16.0 17.0 52.0 56.3

GZ 630.3 (4:1/8:1)

630.3 (16:1/32:1)

630.3 (64:1/133:1)

Qty dm3 11.1 16.7 21.1

Weight kg2) 10.0 15.0 19.0

Coaxial planetary gearing

GP 10.1/14.1 (2, 4:1)

10.1/14.1 (3:1)

10.1/14.1 (4:1)

16.1 25.1 (4:1/8:1)

25.1 (16:1)

30.1 (4:1/8:1)

30.1 (16:1)

Qty dm3 0.35 0.35 0.35 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5

Weight kg2) 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.9 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.25

Spur gearboxes

GST 10.1 14.1/14.5 16.1 25.1 30.1 35.1 40.1

Qty dm3 0.7 1.5 3.0 8.0 12.0 20.0 27.0

Weight kg2) 0.62 1.3 2.7 7.1 10.7 17.8 24.0

Bevel gearboxes

GK 10.2 14.2/14.6 16.2 25.2 30.2 35.2 40.2

Qty dm3 0.25 0.6 1.0 4.0 14.0 20.0 22.0

Weight kg2) 0.22 0.53 0.9 3.6 12.5 17.8 19.6

Multi-turn gearboxes

GHT 320.3 500.3 800.3 1200.3

Qty dm3 30.0 71.5 93.5 146.5

Weight kg2) 27 64.4 84.2 131.9



Y003.176/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 2/3


Linear thrust units

LE 12.1-50 25.1-50

12.1-100 25.1-100

12.1-125 25.1-125

12.1-200 25.1-200

12.1-250 25.1-250

12.1-400 25.1-400

12.1-500 25.1-500

50.1-63 50.1-125 50.1-250

Qty dm3 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.28 0.36 0.54 0.65 0.26 0.41 0.65

Weight kg2) 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.26 0.33 0.50 0.60 0.28 0.38 0.70

LE 50.1-400 70.1-80 100.1-80

70.1-160 100.1-160

70.1-320 100.1-320

70.1-400 100.1-400

200.1-100 200.1-200 200.1-400 200.1-500

Qty dm3 1.09 0.52 0.88 1.48 1.79 1.71 2.80 4.92 6.11

Weight kg2) 1.01 0.48 0.81 1.37 1.65 1.58 2.58 4.53 5.63


1) This overview is not applicable for products with F21.

2) For ρ = approx. 0.9 kg/dm3

3) For ρ = approx. 0.83 kg/dm3



Y003.176/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 3/3

Temperature range

TypeNormal (standard) Low temperature

Extreme low temper-ature High temperature

List designation N L EL-60 H

ActuatorVersion °C

Grease/oil °C Grease °C Grease °C Grease

SA 07.2 – 16.2 Standard –40/+80 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 0/+120 F3

SA 07.2-UW – 16.2-UW Standard –30/+70 F15 – – – – – –

SAV 07.2 – 16.2 Standard –40/+70 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 – –

SA 25.1 – 48.1 Standard –40/+80 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 0/+120 F3

SA 25.1-UW – 30.1-UW Standard –30/+70 F15 – – – – – –

SA 07.2 – 16.2 With oil1) –25/+80 O9 – – – – – –

SAR 07.2 – 16.2 Standard –40/+70 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 0/+100 F3

SAR 07.2-UW – 16.2-UW Standard –30/+70 F15 – – – – – –

SARV 07.2 – 16.2 Standard –40/+70 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 – –

SAR 25.1 – 30.1 Standard –40/+70 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 0/+100 F3

SAR 25.1-UW – 30.1-UW Standard –30/+70 F15 – – – – – –

SAR 07.2 – 16.2 With oil1) –25/+70 O9 – – – – – –

SAEx 07.2 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 07.64 – 32 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

45 – 180 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 10.24 – 11 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

16 – 180 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 14.24 – 11 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

16 – 180 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 14.6 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 16.2 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAVEx 07.2 – 16.2 Ex –30/+40 (+60) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 25.1 – 48.1 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAEx 07.2 – 16.2 With oil1) –25/+70 O9 – – – – – –

SAREx 07.24 – 45 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

63 – 90 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 07.64 – 45 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

63 – 90 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 10.24 – 32 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

45 – 90 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 14.24 – 11 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

16 – 90 rpm Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 14.6 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 16.2 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SARVEx 07.2 – 16.2 Ex –30/+40 (+60) F11 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 25.1 – 30.1 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SAREx 07.2 – 16.2 With oil1) –25/+70 O9 – – – – – –

SAN 07.1 – 35.1Nuclear power

plants –25/+80 F11 – – – – – –

SARN 07.1 – SARN 35.1Nuclear power

plants –25/+80 F11 – – – – – –

SAI 6 – 100Nuclear power

plants –20/+80 F11 – – – – – –

SAI 07.2 – 16.2Nuclear power

plants –30/+80 F11 – – – – – –

SARI 07.2 – 16.2Nuclear power

plants –30/+60 F11 – – – – – –

SAN 07.2 – 16.2Nuclear power

plants –30/+80 F11 – – – – – –

SARN 07.2 – SARN 16.2Nuclear power

plants –30/+60 F11 – – – – – –


Actuators

Technical data Ambient temperatures/lubricant in the gear housing


Y003.808/003/en Issue 3.17 Page 1/2

Temperature range

TypeNormal (standard) Low temperature

Extreme low temper-ature High temperature

List designation N L EL-60 H

ActuatorVersion °C

Grease/oil °C Grease °C Grease °C Grease

SQ 05.2 – 14.2 Standard –40/+80 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 0/+120 F3

SQR 05.2 – 14.2 Standard –40/+70 F15 – – –60/+60 F2 0/+100 F3

SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2 Ex –30/+60 (+80) F15 –40/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –

SQREx 05.2 – 14.2 Ex –30/+40 (+60/+80) F15 –40/+40 (+60) F2 –60/+40 (+60) F2 – –

SGC 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SGCR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SGM 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SGMR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SVC 05.1 – 07.5 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SVCR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SVM 05.1 – 07.5 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

SVMR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –

Notes on table on page 1

1) With oil Mounting position: Perpendicular hollow shaft and bearing flange at the bottom stipulated

Lubricants:

F2 = Fuchs Discor R EP 000

F3 = Zepf AR 12 K

F11 = Fuchs Renolit LST

F15 = Shell Alvania 1029

O2 = Fuchs Unisyn SC 32

O9 = Oest SAE 75W-90

Actuators

Technical data Ambient temperatures/lubricant in the gear housing

Y003.808/003/en Issue 3.17 Page 2/2


The schematic representation applies to:

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2; SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2; SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1; SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1Spur gearboxes GST 10.1 – GST 40.1Bevel gearboxes GK 10.2 – GK 40.2

Hg

– X

*+

X*

h

X* = Distance between mounting face and upper edge of stem while valve is closed–X, if stem protrudes into output drive or hollow shaft–X, if stem is outside output drive or hollow shaft

Note: Tube length will be adapted to the valve stroke.

Screwed version: Size 7 – 16

Welded version Size 25 – 40

Hexagon screw

Inner tube (fixed)

Outer tube (rising)

Operating rod

AF 17

Thread (standard M16)

Hollow shaft

Bearing flange

Valve stem

Output drive type A/AK (if available)

Hexagon nut DIN 439

Mounting face

Telescopic protection tube Technical description Position indication with telescopic protection tube


Y001.195/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/2

Calculation and sizing of the telescopic protection tube

1. Housing height for different products

Type Housing of output drive type B

H

Protective cap

h

Output drive type A

g

Output drive type AK

g

SA 07.2/SA 07.6 153 25 40 (F07) 50 (F10/G0) 105

SA 10.2 162 25 50 105

SA 14.2/SA 14.6 188 32 65 135

SA 16.2 227 32 80 165

SA 25.1 292 – 130 216

SA 30.1 330 – 160 252

SA 35.1 388 – 185 315

SA 40.1 393 – 225 400

SA 48.1 430 – 270 –

GK 10.2 162 25 50 105

GK 14.2/GK 14.6 180 32 65 135

GK 16.2 194 32 80 165

GK 25.2 218 – 130 216

GK 30.1 258 – 160 252

GK 35.2 310 – 185 315

GK 40.2 325 – 225 400

GST 10.1 111 25 50 105

GST 14.1/GST 14.5 140 32 65 135

GST 16.1 175 32 80 165

GST 25.1 193 – 130 216

GST 30.1 226 – 160 252

GST 35.1 303 – 185 315

GST 40.1 318 – 225 400

2. Calculation of outer tube length and rod lengthDetermination of inner tube length (identical to outer tube length)

Stroke mm

Safety factor + 50 mm

Sum = Inner tube length = mm

Inner tube length rounded to full 100 mm = mm

Determining the rod length:

Housing height H mm

Height of protective cap h + mm

Height of output drive type A/AK (if output drive type A/AK is ordered)

g+ mm

Outer tube length (=inner tube length) + mm

Safety factor + 30 mm

Sum 1 = mm

Stem position according to drawing +X/–X +/– mm

Rod length = mm

Rod length rounded to full 10 mm = mm

Determination of the thread:

Unless specified otherwise by the customer, the M16 thread will be used. If desired, an M12 thread can be used.

Purchase requirement:

Outer tube length/thread/rod length (e.g. 200/M16/275)

Telescopic protection tube Technical description Position indication with telescopic protection tube

Y001.195/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/2


The schematic representations apply to:

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2/SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2; SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2/SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1; SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1Multi-turn gearboxes GK 10.2 – GK 40.2/GST 10.1 – GST 40.1

Stro

keEx

tend

ed s

tem

pos

ition

Hg

Ø D2

Y

L

L

h

Hollow shaft

Bearing fl ange

Valve stem

Mounting face

Output drive type A/AK (if available)

V-seal

Stem protection tube

Threaded sleeve

Protective cap

Without threaded sleeve:

Sizes 07 – 30Protection tube up to 900 mm

Sizes 35 – 48Protection tube up to 5000 mm

With threaded sleeve:

Sizes 07 – 30Protection tube > 900 mm

Option:Sizes 07 – 25screwed version

Option:Sizes 30 – 48welded version

Multi-turn actuator

SA 07.2SA 07.6

SA 10.2 SA 14.2SA 14.6

SA 16.2 SA 25.1 SA 30.1 SA 35.1 SA 40.1SA 48.1

Gearbox GST 10.1GK 10.2

GST 14.1GST 14.5GK 14.2GK 14.6

GST 16.1GK 16.2

GST 25.1GK 25.2

GST 30.1GK 30.2

GST 35.1GK 35.2

GST 40.1GK 40.2

Ø D2 G 1¼“ G 2“ G 2½“ G 3“ G 4“ G 5“ M190 x 3 M220 x 3Y min. 18 26 32 37 49 58 –1) –1)

Y max. 24 32 39 44 56 65 –1) –1)

1) Sizes 35 – 48 are supplied without threaded sleeves


Technical description Stem protection tube for rising stem


Y007.382/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/2

Type

Dimensions

Housing of output drive type B

H

Screwed on protective cap

h

Output drive type A

g

Output drive type AK

gSA 07.2/SA 07.6 153 25 40 (F07) 50 (F10/G0) 105SA 10.2 162 25 50 105SA 14.2/SA 14.6 188 32 65 135SA 16.2 227 32 80 165SA 25.1 292 – 130 216SA 30.1 330 – 160 252SA 35.1 388 – 185 315SA 40.1 393 – 225 400SA 48.1 430 – 270 –GK 10.2 162 25 50 105GK 14.2/GK 14.6 180 32 65 135GK 16.2 194 32 80 165GK 25.2 218 – 130 216GK 30.1 258 – 160 252GK 35.2 310 – 185 315GK 40.2 325 – 225 400GST 10.1 111 25 50 105GST 14.1/GST 14.5 140 32 65 135GST 16.1 175 32 80 165GST 25.1 193 – 130 216GST 30.1 226 – 160 252GST 35.1 303 – 185 315GST 40.1 318 – 225 400

Stroke mm

Extended stem position + mm

Housing height H – mm

Output drive height g – mm

Stem protection tube length = mm

Stem protec-tion tube

Number ofthread. sleeves

Lowerstem prot. tube

Middlestem prot. tube




Upperstem prot. tube

100 0 100 – – – – –200 0 200 – – – – –300 0 300 – – – – –400 0 400 – – – – –500 0 500 – – – – –600 0 600 – – – – –700 0 700 – – – – –800 0 800 – – – – –900 0 900 – – – – –1000 1 900 – – – – 1001200 1 900 – – – – 3001400 1 900 – – – – 5001,600 1 900 – – – – 7001800 1 900 – – – – 9002,000 2 900 900 – – – 2002,200 2 900 900 – – – 4002400 2 900 900 – – – 6002,600 2 900 900 – – – 8002800 3 900 900 900 – – 1003,000 3 900 900 900 – – 3003,500 3 900 900 900 – – 8004,000 4 900 900 900 900 – 4004,500 4 900 900 900 900 – 9005,000 5 900 900 900 900 900 500

Y min. Y max. 2)

Available stem protection tube length mm

Threaded sleeve (number x Y) + mm

Screwed on protective cap (option) + mm

Useful stem protection tube length L = 2) mm

Calculation and sizing of the stem protection tube

1. Dimensions for different products

2. Calculation of stem protection tube length

3. Available stem protection tube versions

4. Useful stem protection tube length

2) For max. space requirement for stem protection tube


Technical description Stem protection tube for rising stem

Y007.382/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/2


75 148

75 153

1

15

1

15

140

140

1

50

1

50

175

175

2 fixing holes Ø 9

AUMA device ready for operation Parking frame with protection cover

AUMA device out of service Parking frame with AUMA plug/socket connector

SA 07.2 – SA 16.2/SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2/SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2AM 01.1 – AM 02.1/AC 01.2

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

Multi-turn actuator ready for operation Parking frame with protection cover

Multi-turn actuator out of service Parking frame with AUMA plug/socket connector

Fixing location

Parking frame

Protection coverAUMA plug/socket connector

Protection coverAUMA plug/socket connector

2 fixing holes Ø 9

Fixing location

Parking frame

Parking frame and protection cover

Technical description Parking frame and protection cover (also for Ex version)


Y001.194/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/1

4 Electrical data Actuators

Multi-turn actuators 3-phase AC current (standard voltages) Notes on electrical data 126SA 25.1 – SA 48.1, short-time duty S2-15 min. 220 V/60 Hz 127 230 V/50 Hz 128

380 V/50 Hz 129 380 V/60 Hz 130 400 V/50 Hz 131 400 V/60 Hz 132 415 V/50 Hz 133 440 V/60 Hz 134 460 V/60 Hz 135 480 V/60 Hz 136 500 V/50 Hz 137 SA 25.1 – SA 48.1, short-time duty S2-30 min. 220 V/60 Hz 138 230 V/50 Hz 139 380 V/50 Hz 140 380 V/60 Hz 141 400 V/50 Hz 142 400 V/60 Hz 143 415 V/50 Hz 144 440 V/60 Hz 145 460 V/60 Hz 146 480 V/60 Hz 147 500 V/50 Hz 148 SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1, intermittent duty S4-25% 220 V/60 Hz 149 230 V/50 Hz 150 380 V/50 Hz 151 380 V/60 Hz 152 400 V/50 Hz 153 400 V/60 Hz 154 415 V/50 Hz 155 440 V/60 Hz 156 460 V/60 Hz 157 480 V/60 Hz 158 500 V/50 Hz 159 SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1, intermittent duty S4-50% 220 V/60 Hz 160 230 V/50 Hz 161 380 V/50 Hz 162 380 V/60 Hz 163 400 V/50 Hz 164 400 V/60 Hz 165 415 V/50 Hz 166 440 V/60 Hz 167 460 V/60 Hz 168 480 V/60 Hz 169 500 V/50 Hz 170

4. E

lect

rical

dat

a

Act

uato

rs

Installation and sizing

Motor data Motor data is approximate. Due to usual manufacturing tolerances, there may be deviations from the values given.

Motor protection To protect against overheating, thermoswitches or PTC thermistors are embedded in the motor windings.

Actuators without integral actuator controls (AUMA NORM):

Thermoswitches or PTC thermistors have to be considered within the external controls (refer to terminal plan).

Note: Failure to connect thermoswitches or PTC thermistors shall void the warranty for the motor.

Rating of the thermoswitches

AC current DC current250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A

cos = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 Acos = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Actuators with AM or AC integral actuator controls:

Thermal motor protection is already integrated.

Mains voltage, mains frequency Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %


Switchgear sizing For motor operation, reversing contactors (mechanically, electrically and electronically locked) or thyristors (elec-tronically locked) can be used.

Actuators without integral actuator controls (AUMA NORM):

Switchgear are supplied by the customer. We recommend specification of switchgear suitable for their rated operating power/motor power in compliance with the assigned AUMA power class.

Switchgear assignment to AUMA power classes:

AUMA power class

Reversing contactor Rated operating power acc. to EN

60947-4-1 Utilization category AC-3

Reversing contactor Motor power

according to UL/CSA at

400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V ACA1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hpA2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hpA3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hpA4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hpA5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hpA6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp

AUMA power class

Thyristor Rated operating current acc. to EN

60947-4-2 Utilization category AC-53a

400 V ACB1 6 AB2 8.5 AB3 16 A

Actuators with AM or AC integral actuator controls:

Required switchgear in power classes A1 – A3 or B1 – B3 are already integrated in AM or AC actuator controls. For switchgear of power classes A4 – A6, a control box is additionally required.

For actuators with AM integral actuator controls and installed switchgear in AUMA power class A3, an optional thermal overcurrent protection device cannot be directly integrated within the AM. A control box is additionally required. However, AC actuator controls can be used instead of AM actuator controls. When opting for AC actuator controls, the additional control box can be omitted.

Notes on Electrical data SA .1/SAR .1 multi-turn actuators with 3-phase AC motors

1) Nominal power PN Mechanical power output at motor shaft at run torque of multi-turn actuator (corresponds to approx. 50 % of maximum torque).

The consumed electrical power can be calculated using the following formula:

P = U x I x cos x √3

2) Nominal current IN Current at run torque at approx. 50 % of maximum torque

3) Max. current Imax Current at maximum torque

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 / SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Notes on Electrical data SA .1/SAR .1 multi-turn actuators with 3-phase AC motors


Y008.161/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Multi-turn actuator Motor

Type

Output speed [rpm]

Max. torque [Nm] Motor type

Nominal power1) PN [kW]

Speed [rpm]

Nomi-nal cur-rent2) IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]

Starting current IA [A] cos

Overcurr. prot. device setting [A]

AUMA power class for switchgear

Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 840 15 19 35 0.48 15 A2 –6.7 15 21 35 0.48 15 A2 –9.6 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 15 23 79 0.80 15 A2 –13 15 25 79 0.80 15 A2 –19 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 3,360 21 33 120 0.78 21 A3 –26 21 41 120 0.78 21 A3 –38 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 46 83 249 0.65 46 A4 –54 46 99 249 0.65 46 A4 –75 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 62 124 394 0.90 62 A5 –108 62 145 394 0.90 62 A5 –150 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 62 155 394 0.90 62 A5 –216 1,400 62 166 394 0.90 62 A5 –

SA 30.1

4.8

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 840 23 31 75 0.58 23 A3 –6.7 23 33 75 0.58 23 A3 –9.6 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 27 41 124 0.77 27 A3 –13 27 48 124 0.77 27 A3 –19 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 3,360 37 58 249 0.78 37 A4 –26 37 62 249 0.78 37 A4 –

SA 35.1

4.8

8,000

AD00 132-8/150 4.0 840 41 62 145 0.44 41 A4 –6.7 41 73 145 0.44 41 A4 –9.6 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 46 99 249 0.65 46 A4 –13 46 114 249 0.65 46 A4 –19 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 62 124 394 0.90 62 A5 –26 62 145 394 0.90 62 A5 –

1) – 3) Notes on Electrical data SA .1/SAR .1 multi-turn actuators with 3-phase AC motors

SA 25.1 – SA 35.1Electrical data multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motorsShort-time duty S2 - 15€min, 220€V/60 Hz


Y005.760/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 700 12 16 29 0.48 12 A2 B35.6 12 17 29 0.48 12 A2 B38 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 12 19 66 0.80 12 A2 –11 12 21 66 0.80 12 A2 –16 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 2,800 17 28 100 0.78 17 A2 –22 17 35 100 0.78 17 A2 –32 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,400 38 69 207 0.65 38 A4 –45 38 83 207 0.65 38 A4 –63 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 52 104 328 0.90 52 A4 –90 52 121 328 0.90 52 A4 –125 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 52 130 328 0.90 52 A4 –180 1,400 52 138 328 0.90 52 A4 –

SA 30.1

4

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 700 19 26 62 0.58 19 A2 –5.6 19 28 62 0.58 19 A2 –8 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 22 35 104 0.77 22 A3 –11 22 40 104 0.77 22 A3 –16 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 2,800 31 48 207 0.78 31 A4 –22 31 52 207 0.78 31 A4 –32 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 76 100 345 0.63 76 A5 –45 76 116 345 0.63 76 A5 –63 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 138 639 0.88 112 A6 –90 112 173 639 0.88 112 A6 –125 3,200 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 207 639 0.88 112 A6 –180 2,800 112 259 639 0.88 112 A6 –

SA 35.1

4

8,000

AD00 132-8/150 4.0 700 35 52 121 0.44 35 A4 –5.6 35 60 112 0.44 35 A4 –8 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,400 38 83 207 0.65 38 A4 –11 38 95 207 0.65 38 A4 –16 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 52 104 328 0.90 52 A4 –22 52 121 328 0.90 52 A4 –32 AD00 160-2/214 20 2,800 69 138 449 0.90 69 A5 –45 69 164 449 0.90 69 A5 –90 5,500 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 242 639 0.88 112 A6 –

SA 40.1

4

16,000

AD00 160-8/165 7.5 700 52 95 161 0.50 52 A4 –5.6 52 100 161 0.50 52 A4 –8 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 76 121 345 0.63 76 A5 –11 76 150 345 0.63 76 A5 –16 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 173 639 0.88 112 A6 –22 112 225 639 0.88 112 A6 –32 14,000 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 276 639 0.88 112 A6 –45 10,000 30 112 259 639 0.88 112 A6 –




Y005.770/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]

Starting cur-rent IA [A] cos



Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 700 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B25.6 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B28 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B211 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B216 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 2,800 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B322 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B332 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,400 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –45 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –63 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –90 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –125 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 30 75 190 0.90 30 A3 –180 1,400 30 80 190 0.90 30 A4 –

SA 30.1

4

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 700 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B35.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B38 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B311 13 23 60 0.77 13 A2 B316 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 2,800 18 28 120 0.78 18 A2 –22 18 30 120 0.78 18 A2 –32 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 44 58 200 0.63 44 A4 –45 44 67 200 0.63 44 A4 –63 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 80 370 0.88 65 A4 –90 65 100 370 0.88 65 A4 –125 3,200 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 120 370 0.88 65 A4 –180 2,800 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –

SA 35.1

4

8,000

AD00 132-8/150 4.0 700 20 30 70 0.44 20 A2 –5.6 20 35 70 0.44 20 A2 –8

AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,40022 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –

11 22 55 120 0.65 22 A3 –16 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –22 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –32 AD00 160-2/214 20 2,800 40 80 260 0.90 40 A4 –45 40 95 260 0.90 40 A4 –90 5,500 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 140 370 0.88 65 A4 –

SA 40.1

4

16,000

AD00 160-8/165 7.5 700 30 55 93 0.50 30 A3 –5.6 30 58 93 0.50 30 A3 –8 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 44 70 200 0.63 44 A3 –11 44 87 200 0.63 44 A4 –16 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 100 370 0.88 65 A4 –22 65 130 370 0.88 65 A4 –32 14,000 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –45 10,000 30 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –

SA 48.1

4

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 700 35 80 170 0.70 35 A4 –5.6 35 120 170 0.70 35 A4 –8 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,400 73 170 380 0.70 73 A5 –11 73 185 380 0.70 73 A5 –16 AD00 180-2/240 45 2,800 82 200 550 0.91 82 A5 –




Y005.789/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]


Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 840 8.4 10.8 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B36.7 8.4 12 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B39.6 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 8.4 13 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B313 8.4 14 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B319 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 3,360 12 19 70 0.78 12 A2 –26 12 24 70 0.78 12 A2 –38 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 26 48 144 0.65 26 A3 –54 26 58 144 0.65 26 A3 –75 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 36 72 228 0.90 36 A4 –108 36 84 228 0.90 36 A4 –150 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 36 90 228 0.90 36 A4 –216 1,400 36 96 228 0.90 36 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 840 13 18 43 0.58 13 A2 B36.7 13 19 43 0.58 13 A2 B39.6 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 16 24 72 0.77 16 A2 –13 16 28 72 0.77 16 A2 –19 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 3,360 22 34 144 0.78 22 A3 –26 22 36 144 0.78 22 A3 –38 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,680 53 70 240 0.63 53 A4 –54 53 80 240 0.63 53 A4 –75 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 96 444 0.88 78 A5 –108 78 120 444 0.88 78 A5 –150 3,200 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 144 444 0.88 78 A5 –216 2,800 78 180 444 0.88 78 A5 –

SA 35.1

4.8

8,000

AD00 132-8/150 4.0 840 24 36 84 0.44 24 A3 –6.7 24 42 84 0.44 24 A3 –9.6 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 26 58 144 0.65 26 A3 –13 26 66 144 0.65 26 A3 –19 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 36 72 228 0.90 36 A4 –26 36 84 228 0.90 36 A4 –38 AD00 160-2/214 20 3,360 48 96 312 0.90 48 A4 –54 48 114 312 0.90 48 A4 –108 5,500 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 168 444 0.88 78 A5 –

SA 40.1

4.8

16,000

AD00 160-8/165 7.5 840 36 66 112 0.50 36 A4 –6.7 36 70 112 0.50 36 A4 –9.6 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,680 53 84 240 0.63 53 A4 –13 53 104 240 0.63 53 A4 –19 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 120 444 0.88 78 A5 –26 78 156 444 0.88 78 A5 –38 14,000 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 192 444 0.88 78 A5 –54 10,000 78 180 444 0.88 78 A5 –

SA 48.1

4.8

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 840 42 96 204 0.70 42 A4 –6.7 42 144 204 0.70 42 A4 –9.6 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,680 88 204 456 0.70 88 A5 –13 88 222 456 0.70 88 A5 –19 AD00 180-2/240 45 3,360 98 240 660 0.91 98 A5 –




Y005.794/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 700 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B25.6 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B28 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B211 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B216 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 2,800 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B322 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B332 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,400 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –45 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –63 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –90 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –125 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 30 75 190 0.90 30 A3 –180 1,400 30 80 190 0.90 30 A4 –

SA 30.1

4

4,000


SA 35.1

4

8,000


SA 40.1

4

16,000

AD00 160-8/165 7.5 700 30 55 93 0.50 30 A3 –5.6 30 58 93 0.50 30 A3 –8 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 44 70 200 0.63 44 A3 –11 44 87 200 0.63 44 A4 –16 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 100 370 0.88 65 A4 –22 65 130 370 0.88 65 A4 –32 14,000 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –45 10,000 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –

SA 48.1

4

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 700 35 80 170 0.70 35 A4 –5.6 35 120 170 0.70 35 A4 –8 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,400 73 170 380 0.70 73 A5 –11 73 185 380 0.70 73 A5 –16 AD00 180-2/240 45 2,800 82 200 550 0.91 82 A5 –




Y005.788/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]


Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 840 8.4 10.8 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B36.7 8.4 12 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B39.6 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 8.4 13 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B313 8.4 14 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B319 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 3,360 12 19 70 0.78 12 A2 –26 12 24 70 0.78 12 A2 –38 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 26 48 144 0.65 26 A3 –54 26 58 144 0.65 26 A3 –75 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 36 72 228 0.90 36 A4 –108 36 84 228 0.90 36 A4 –150 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 36 90 228 0.90 36 A4 –216 1,400 36 96 228 0.90 36 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 840 13 18 43 0.58 13 A2 B36.7 13 19 43 0.58 13 A2 B39.6 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 16 24 72 0.77 16 A2 –13 16 28 72 0.77 16 A2 –19 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 3,360 22 34 144 0.78 22 A3 –26 22 36 144 0.78 22 A3 –38 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,680 53 70 240 0.63 53 A4 –54 53 80 240 0.63 53 A4 –75 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 96 444 0.88 78 A5 –108 78 120 444 0.88 78 A5 –150 3,200 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 78 144 444 0.88 78 A5 –216 2,800 78 180 444 0.88 78 A5 –

SA 35.1

4.8

8,000


SA 40.1

4.8

16,000


SA 48.1

4.8

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 840 42 96 204 0.70 42 A4 –6.7 42 144 204 0.70 42 A4 –9.6 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,680 88 204 456 0.70 88 A5 –13 88 222 456 0.70 88 A5 –19 AD00 180-2/240 45 3,360 98 240 660 0.91 98 A5 –




Y005.793/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. current3) Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 700 6.4 8.2 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B25.6 6.4 9.2 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B28 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 6.4 10 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B211 6.4 11 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B216 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 2,800 9.2 15 53 0.78 9.2 A2 B322 9.2 18 53 0.78 9.2 A2 B332 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,400 20 37 110 0.65 20 A2 –45 20 44 110 0.65 20 A2 –63 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 27 55 174 0.90 27 A3 –90 27 64 174 0.90 27 A3 –125 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 27 69 174 0.90 27 A3 –180 1,400 27 73 174 0.90 27 A3 –

SA 30.1

4

4,000


SA 35.1

4

8,000


SA 40.1

4

16,000

AD00 160-8/165 7.5 700 27 50 85 0.50 27 A3 –5.6 27 53 85 0.50 27 A3 –8 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 40 64 183 0.63 40 A4 –11 40 80 183 0.63 40 A4 –16 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 60 92 339 0.88 60 A4 –22 60 119 339 0.88 60 A4 –32 14,000 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 60 147 339 0.88 60 A4 –45 10,000 60 137 339 0.88 60 A4 –

SA 48.1

4

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 700 32 73 156 0.70 32 A4 –5.6 32 110 156 0.70 32 A4 –8 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,400 67 156 348 0.70 67 A5 –11 67 169 348 0.70 67 A5 –16 AD00 180-2/240 45 2,800 75 183 504 0.91 75 A5 –




Y005.787/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 840 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B26.7 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B29.6 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B213 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B219 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 3,360 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B326 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B338 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –54 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –75 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –108 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –150 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 30 75 190 0.90 30 A3 –216 1,400 30 80 190 0.90 30 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 840 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B36.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B39.6 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B313 13 23 60 0.77 13 A2 B319 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 3,360 18 28 120 0.78 18 A2 –26 18 30 120 0.78 18 A2 –38 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,680 44 58 200 0.63 44 A4 –54 44 67 200 0.63 44 A4 –75 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 65 80 370 0.88 65 A4 –108 65 100 370 0.88 65 A4 –150 3,200 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 65 120 370 0.88 65 A4 –216 2,800 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –

SA 35.1

4.8

8,000

AD00 132-8/150 4.0 840 20 30 70 0.44 20 A2 –6.7 20 35 70 0.44 20 A2 –9.6

AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,68022 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –

13 22 55 120 0.65 22 A3 –19 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –26 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –38 AD00 160-2/214 20 3,360 40 80 260 0.90 40 A4 –54 40 95 260 0.90 40 A4 –108 5,500 AD00 160-2/215 30 3,360 65 140 370 0.88 65 A4 –

SA 40.1

4.8

16,000


SA 48.1

4.8

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 840 35 80 170 0.70 35 A4 –6.7 35 120 170 0.70 35 A4 –9.6 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,680 73 170 380 0.70 73 A5 –13 73 185 380 0.70 73 A5 –19 AD00 180-2/240 45 3,360 82 200 550 0.91 82 A5 –


SA 25.1 – SA 48.1Electrical data multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motorsShort-time duty S2 - 15€min, 440€V/60€Hz


Y005.792/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 840 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B26.7 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A1 B29.6 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B213 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B219 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 3,360 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B326 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B338 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –54 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –75 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –108 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –150 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 30 75 190 0.90 30 A3 –216 1,400 30 80 190 0.90 30 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

4,000


SA 35.1

4.8

8,000


SA 40.1

4.8

16,000


SA 48.1

4.8

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 840 35 80 170 0.70 35 A4 –6.7 35 120 170 0.70 35 A4 –9.6 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,680 73 170 380 0.70 73 A5 –13 73 185 380 0.70 73 A5 –19 AD00 180-2/240 45 3,360 82 200 550 0.91 82 A5 –




Y005.779/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 840 6.4 8.2 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B26.7 6.4 9.2 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B29.6 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 6.4 10 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B213 6.4 11 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B219 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 3,360 9.2 15 53 0.78 9.2 A2 B326 9.2 18 53 0.78 9.2 A2 B338 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,680 20 37 110 0.65 20 A2 –54 20 44 110 0.65 20 A2 –75 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 27 55 174 0.90 27 A3 –108 27 64 174 0.90 27 A3 –150 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 3,360 27 69 174 0.90 27 A3 –216 1,400 27 73 174 0.90 27 A3 –

SA 30.1

4.8

4,000


SA 35.1

4.8

8,000


SA 40.1

4.8

16,000


SA 48.1

4.8

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 840 32 73 156 0.70 32 A4 –6.7 32 110 156 0.70 32 A4 –9.6 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,680 67 156 348 0.70 67 A5 –13 67 169 348 0.70 67 A5 –19 AD00 180-2/240 45 3,360 75 183 504 0.91 75 A5 –




Y005.778/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

2,000

AD00 90-8/130 1.1 700 5.3 6.8 13 0.48 5.3 A1 B15.6 5.3 7.6 13 0.48 5.3 A1 B18 AD00 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 5.3 8.4 29 0.80 5.3 A1 B211 5.3 9.1 29 0.80 5.3 A1 B216 AD00 90-2/130 4.0 2,800 7.6 12 44 0.78 7.6 A2 B222 7.6 15 44 0.78 7.6 A2 B332 AD00 132-4/140 7.5 1,400 17 30 91 0.65 17 A2 –45 17 36 91 0.65 17 A2 –63 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 23 46 144 0.90 23 A3 –90 23 53 144 0.90 23 A3 –125 1,700 AD00 132-2/180 15 2,800 23 57 144 0.90 23 A3 –180 1,400 23 61 144 0.90 23 A3 –

SA 30.1

4

4,000

AD00 112-8/140 2.2 700 8.4 11 27 0.58 8.4 A2 B35.6 8.4 12 27 0.58 8.4 A2 B38 AD00 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 9.9 15 46 0.77 9.9 A2 B311 9.9 17 46 0.77 9.9 A2 B316 AD00 112-2/140 7.5 2,800 14 21 91 0.78 14 A2 –22 14 23 91 0.78 14 A2 –32 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 33 44 152 0.63 33 A4 –45 33 51 152 0.63 33 A4 –63 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 49 61 281 0.88 49 A4 –90 49 76 281 0.88 49 A4 –125 3,200 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 49 91 281 0.88 49 A4 –180 2,800 49 114 281 0.88 49 A4 –

SA 35.1

4

8,000


SA 40.1

4

16,000

AD00 160-8/165 7.5 700 23 42 71 0.50 23 A3 –5.6 23 44 71 0.50 23 A3 –8 AD00 160-4/160 15 1,400 33 53 167 0.63 33 A4 –11 33 66 167 0.63 33 A4 –16 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 49 76 281 0.88 49 A4 –22 49 99 281 0.88 49 A4 –32 14,000 AD00 160-2/215 30 2,800 49 122 281 0.88 49 A4 –45 10,000 49 114 281 0.88 49 A4

SA 48.1

4

32,000

AD00 180-8/240 15 700 27 61 129 0.70 27 A3 –5.6 27 91 129 0.70 27 A3 –8 AD00 180-4/240 30 1,400 55 129 289 0.70 55 A4 –11 55 141 289 0.70 55 A4 –16 AD00 180-2/240 45 2,800 62 152 418 0.91 62 A5 –




Y005.784/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]


Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 840 13 17 33 0.48 13 A2 –6.7 13 19 33 0.48 13 A2 –9.6 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 12 17 70 0.80 12 A2 –13 12 19 70 0.80 12 A2 –19 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 3,360 16 21 112 0.78 16 A2 –26 16 29 112 0.78 16 A2 –38 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 37 68 228 0.70 37 A4 –54 37 83 228 0.70 37 A4 –75 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 46 93 361 0.80 46 A4 –108 46 108 361 0.80 46 A4 –150 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 46 116 361 0.80 46 A4 –216 1,000 46 124 361 0.80 46 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 840 20 25 70 0.50 20 A2 –6.7 20 27 70 0.50 20 A2 –9.6 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 21 27 114 0.81 21 A3 –13 21 29 114 0.81 21 A3 –19 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 3,360 25 52 228 0.73 25 A4 –26 25 73 228 0.73 25 A4 –

SA 35.1

4.8

5,700

AD0L 132-8/150 3.0 840 31 46 129 0.47 31 A4 –6.7 31 54 129 0.47 31 A4 –9.6 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 37 75 228 0.70 37 A4 –13 37 91 228 0.70 37 A4 –19 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 46 99 361 0.80 46 A4 –26 46 120 361 0.80 46 A4 –


SA 25.1 – SA 35.1Electrical data multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motorsShort-time duty S2 - 30 min, 220 V/60 Hz


Y005.824/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 700 11 14 28 0.48 11 A2 –5.6 11 16 28 0.48 11 A2 –8 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 10 14 59 0.80 10 A2 –11 10 16 59 0.80 10 A2 –16 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 2,800 13 17 93 0.78 13 A2 –22 13 24 93 0.78 13 A2 –32 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,400 31 57 190 0.70 31 A4 –45 31 69 190 0.70 31 A4 –63 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 38 78 301 0.80 38 A4 –90 38 90 301 0.80 38 A4 –125 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 38 97 301 0.80 38 A4 –180 1,000 38 104 301 0.80 38 A4 –

SA 30.1

4

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 700 16 21 59 0.50 16 A2 –5.6 16 22 59 0.50 16 A2 –8 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 17 22 95 0.81 17 A2 –11 17 24 95 0.81 17 A2 –16 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 2,800 21 43 190 0.73 21 A3 –22 21 60 190 0.73 21 A3 –32 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,400 62 81 294 0.65 62 A4 –45 62 95 294 0.65 62 A4 –63 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 147 587 0.84 73 A4 –90 73 168 587 0.84 73 A4 –125 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 173 587 0.84 73 A5 –180 2,000 73 181 587 0.84 73 A5 –

SA 35.1

4

5,700

AD0L 132-8/150 3.0 700 26 38 107 0.47 26 A3 –5.6 26 45 107 0.47 26 A3 –8 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,400 31 62 190 0.70 31 A4 –11 31 76 190 0.70 31 A4 –16 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 38 83 301 0.80 38 A4 –22 38 100 301 0.80 38 A4 –32 AD0L 160-2/214 14 2,800 45 90 380 0.94 45 A4 –45 45 107 380 0.94 45 A4 –90 3,800 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 173 587 0.84 73 A5 –

SA 40.1

4

11,200

AD0L 160-8/165 5.5 700 40 73 152 0.47 40 A4 –5.6 40 76 152 0.47 40 A4 –8 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,400 62 95 345 0.65 62 A4 –11 62 112 345 0.65 62 A4 –16 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 164 587 0.84 73 A5 –22 73 207 587 0.84 73 A5 –32 9,800 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 207 587 0.84 73 A5 –45 7,000 73 207 587 0.84 73 A5 –




Y005.816/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]






Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 700 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B35.6 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B38 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B311 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B316 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 2,800 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B322 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B332 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,400 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –45 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –63 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –90 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –125 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 22 56 174 0.80 22 A3 –180 1,000 22 60 174 0.80 22 A3 –

SA 30.1

4

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 700 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B35.6 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B38 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –11 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –16 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 2,800 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –22 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –32 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,400 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –45 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –63 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –90 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –125 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 42 100 340 0.84 42 A4 –180 2,000 42 105 340 0.84 42 A4 –

SA 35.1

4

5,700


SA 40.1

4

11,200


SA 48.1

4

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 700 32 70 155 0.70 32 A4 –5.6 32 110 155 0.70 32 A4 –8 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,400 57 120 350 0.70 57 A4 –11 57 130 350 0.70 57 A4 –16 AD0L 180-2/240 30 2,800 65 160 500 0.83 65 A5 –




Y005.831/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]


Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 840 7.7 9.6 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B36.7 7.7 11 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B39.6 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 7.2 9.6 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B313 7.2 11 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B319 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 3,360 9.4 12 65 0.78 9.4 A2 B326 9.4 17 65 0.78 9.4 A2 –38 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 22 40 132 0.70 22 A3 –54 22 48 132 0.70 22 A3 –75 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 26 54 209 0.80 26 A4 –108 26 62 209 0.80 26 A4 –150 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 26 67 209 0.80 26 A4 –216 1,000 26 72 209 0.80 26 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 840 11 14 41 0.50 11 A2 –6.7 11 16 41 0.50 11 A2 –9.6 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 12 16 66 0.81 12 A2 –13 12 17 66 0.81 12 A2 –19 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 3,360 14 30 132 0.73 14 A3 –26 14 42 132 0.73 14 A3 –38 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,680 43 56 204 0.65 43 A4 –54 43 66 204 0.65 43 A4 –75 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 102 408 0.84 50 A5 –108 50 116 408 0.84 50 A5 –150 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 120 408 0.84 50 A5 –216 2,000 50 126 408 0.84 50 A5 –

SA 35.1

4.8

5,700

AD0L 132-8/150 3.0 840 18 26 74 0.47 18 A2 –6.7 18 31 74 0.47 18 A2 –9.6 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 22 43 132 0.70 22 A3 –13 22 53 132 0.70 22 A3 –19 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 26 58 209 0.80 26 A4 –26 26 70 209 0.80 26 A4 –38 AD0L 160-2/214 14 3,360 31 62 264 0.94 31 A4 –54 31 74 264 0.94 31 A4 –108 3,800 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 120 408 0.84 50 A5 –

SA 40.1

4.8

11,200

AD0L 160-8/165 5.5 840 28 50 106 0.47 28 A3 –6.7 28 53 106 0.47 28 A3 –9.6 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,680 43 66 240 0.65 43 A4 –13 43 78 240 0.65 43 A4 –19 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 114 408 0.84 50 A5 –26 50 144 408 0.84 50 A5 –38 9,800 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 144 408 0.84 50 A5 –54 7,000 50 144 408 0.84 50 A5 –

SA 48.1

4.8

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 840 38 84 186 0.70 38 A4 –6.7 38 132 186 0.70 38 A4 –9.6 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,680 68 144 420 0.70 68 A5 –13 68 156 420 0.70 68 A5 –19 AD0L 180-2/240 30 3,360 78 192 600 0.83 78 A5 –




Y005.823/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 700 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B35.6 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B38 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B311 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B316 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 2,800 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B322 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B332 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,400 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –45 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –63 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –90 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –125 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 22 56 174 0.80 22 A3 –180 1,000 22 60 174 0.80 22 A3 –

SA 30.1

4

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 700 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B35.6 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B38 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –11 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –16 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 2,800 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –22 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –32 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,400 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –45 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –63 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –90 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –125 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 42 100 340 0.84 42 A4 –180 2,000 42 105 340 0.84 42 A4 –

SA 35.1

4

5,700


SA 40.1

4

11,200


SA 48.1

4

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 700 32 70 155 0.70 32 A4 –5.6 32 110 155 0.70 32 A4 –8 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,400 57 120 350 0.70 57 A4 –11 57 130 350 0.70 57 A4 –16 AD0L 180-2/240 30 2,800 65 160 500 0.83 65 A5 –




Y005.829/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]


Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 840 7.7 9.6 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B36.7 7.7 11 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B39.6 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 7.2 9.6 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B313 7.2 11 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B319 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 3,360 9.4 12 65 0.78 9.4 A2 B326 9.4 17 65 0.78 9.4 A2 –38 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 22 40 132 0.70 22 A3 –54 22 48 132 0.70 22 A3 –75 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 26 54 209 0.80 26 A4 –108 26 62 209 0.80 26 A4 –150 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 26 67 209 0.80 26 A4 –216 1,000 26 72 209 0.80 26 A4 –

SA 30.1

4.8

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 840 11 14 41 0.50 11 A2 –6.7 11 16 41 0.50 11 A2 –9.6 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 12 16 66 0.81 12 A2 –13 12 17 66 0.81 12 A2 –19 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 3,360 14 30 132 0.73 14 A3 –26 14 42 132 0.73 14 A3 –38 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,680 43 56 204 0.65 43 A4 –54 43 66 204 0.65 43 A4 –75 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 102 408 0.84 50 A5 –108 50 116 408 0.84 50 A5 –150 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 50 120 408 0.84 50 A5 –216 2,000 50 126 408 0.84 50 A5 –

SA 35.1

4.8

5,700


SA 40.1

4.8

11,200


SA 48.1

4.8

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 840 38 84 186 0.70 38 A4 –6.7 38 132 186 0.70 38 A4 –9.6 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,680 68 144 420 0.70 68 A5 –13 68 156 420 0.70 68 A5 –19 AD0L 180-2/240 30 3,360 78 192 600 0.83 78 A5 –




Y005.822/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]






Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 700 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B35.6 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B38 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B211 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B216 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 2,800 7.1 9.2 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B322 7.1 13 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B332 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,400 16 30 101 0.70 16 A2 –45 16 37 101 0.70 16 A2 –63 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 20 41 159 0.80 20 A3 –90 20 48 159 0.80 20 A3 –125 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 20 51 159 0.80 20 A3 –180 1,000 20 55 159 0.80 20 A3 –

SA 30.1

4

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 700 8.7 11 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B35.6 8.7 12 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B38 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 9.2 12 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B311 9.2 13 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B316 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 2,800 11 23 101 0.73 11 A2 –22 11 32 101 0.73 11 A2 –32 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,400 33 43 156 0.65 33 A4 –45 33 50 156 0.65 33 A4 –63 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 38 78 311 0.84 38 A4 –90 38 89 311 0.84 38 A4 –125 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 38 92 311 0.84 38 A4 –180 2,000 38 96 311 0.84 38 A4 –

SA 35.1

4

5,700


SA 40.1

4

11,200


SA 48.1

4

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 700 29 64 142 0.70 29 A3 –5.6 29 101 142 0.70 29 A4 –8 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,400 52 110 320 0.70 52 A4 –11 52 119 320 0.70 52 A4 –16 AD0L 180-2/240 30 2,800 60 147 458 0.83 60 A5 –




Y005.828/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]


Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 840 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B36.7 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B39.6 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B313 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B319 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 3,360 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B326 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B338 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –54 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –75 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –108 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –150 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 22 56 174 0.80 22 A3 –216 1,000 22 60 174 0.80 22 A3 –

SA 30.1

4.8

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 840 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B36.7 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B39.6 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –13 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –19 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 3,360 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –26 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –38 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,680 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –54 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –75 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –108 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –150 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 42 100 340 0.84 42 A4 –216 2,000 42 105 340 0.84 42 A4 –

SA 35.1

4.8

5,700


SA 40.1

4.8

11,200


SA 48.1

4.8

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 840 32 70 155 0.70 32 A4 –6.7 32 110 155 0.70 32 A4 –9.6 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,680 57 120 350 0.70 57 A4 –13 57 130 350 0.70 57 A4 –19 AD0L 180-2/240 30 3,360 65 160 500 0.83 65 A5 –




Y005.821/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 840 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B36.7 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B39.6 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B313 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B319 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 3,360 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B326 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B338 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –54 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –75 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –108 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –150 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 22 56 174 0.80 22 A3 –216 1,000 22 60 174 0.80 22 A3 –

SA 30.1

4.8

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 840 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B36.7 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B39.6 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –13 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –19 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 3,360 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –26 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –38 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,680 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –54 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –75 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –108 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –150 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 42 100 340 0.84 42 A4 –216 2,000 42 105 340 0.84 42 A4 –

SA 35.1

4.8

5,700


SA 40.1

4.8

11,200


SA 48.1

4.8

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 840 32 70 155 0.70 32 A4 –6.7 32 110 155 0.70 32 A4 –9.6 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,680 57 120 350 0.70 57 A4 –13 57 130 350 0.70 57 A4 –19 AD0L 180-2/240 30 3,360 65 160 500 0.83 65 A5 –




Y005.820/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4.8

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 840 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B36.7 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B39.6 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B213 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B219 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 3,360 7.1 9.2 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B326 7.1 13 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B338 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,680 16 30 101 0.70 16 A2 –54 16 37 101 0.70 16 A2 –75 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 20 41 159 0.80 20 A3 –108 20 48 159 0.80 20 A3 –150 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 3,360 20 51 159 0.80 20 A3 –216 1,000 20 55 159 0.80 20 A3 –

SA 30.1

4.8

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 840 8.7 11 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B36.7 8.7 12 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B39.6 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 9.2 12 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B313 9.2 13 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B319 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 3,360 11 23 101 0.73 11 A2 –26 11 32 101 0.73 11 A2 –38 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,680 33 43 156 0.65 33 A4 –54 33 50 156 0.65 33 A4 –75 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 38 78 311 0.84 38 A4 –108 38 89 311 0.84 38 A4 –150 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 3,360 38 92 311 0.84 38 A4 –216 2,000 38 96 311 0.84 38 A4 –

SA 35.1

4.8

5,700


SA 40.1

4.8

11,200


SA 48.1

4.8

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 840 29 64 142 0.70 29 A3 –6.7 29 101 142 0.70 29 A4 –9.6 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,680 52 110 320 0.70 52 A4 –13 52 119 320 0.70 52 A4 –19 AD0L 180-2/240 30 3,360 60 147 458 0.83 60 A5 –




Y005.819/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SA 25.1

4

1,400

AD0L 90-8/130 0.75 700 4.9 6.1 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B25.6 4.9 6.8 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B28 AD0L 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 4.6 6.1 26 0.80 4.6 A1 B211 4.6 6.8 26 0.80 4.6 A1 B216 AD0L 90-2/130 3.0 2,800 5.9 7.6 41 0.78 5.9 A2 B322 5.9 11 41 0.78 5.9 A2 B332 AD0L 132-4/140 5.5 1,400 14 25 84 0.70 14 A2 –45 14 30 84 0.70 14 A2 –63 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 17 34 132 0.80 17 A3 –90 17 40 132 0.80 17 A3 –125 1,200 AD0L 132-2/180 11 2,800 17 43 132 0.80 17 A3 –180 1,000 17 46 132 0.80 17 A3 –

SA 30.1

4

2,800

AD0L 112-8/140 1.5 700 7.2 9.1 26 0.50 7.2 A1 B35.6 7.2 9.9 26 0.50 7.2 A1 B38 AD0L 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 7.6 9.9 42 0.81 7.6 A2 B311 7.6 11 42 0.81 7.6 A2 B316 AD0L 112-2/140 5.5 2,800 9.1 19 84 0.73 9.1 A2 –22 9.1 27 84 0.73 9.1 A2 –32 AD0L 160-4/160 11 1,400 27 36 129 0.65 27 A3 –45 27 42 129 0.65 27 A3 –63 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 32 65 258 0.84 32 A4 –90 32 74 258 0.84 32 A4 –125 2,200 AD0L 160-2/215 22 2,800 32 76 258 0.84 32 A4 –180 2,000 32 80 258 0.84 32 A4 –

SA 35.1

4

5,700


SA 40.1

4

11,200


SA 48.1

4

22,400

AD0L 180-8/240 11 700 24 53 118 0.70 24 A3 –5.6 24 84 118 0.70 24 A4 –8 AD0L 180-4/240 22 1,400 43 91 266 0.70 43 A4 –11 43 99 266 0.70 43 A4 –16 AD0L 180-2/240 30 2,800 49 122 380 0.83 49 A4 –




Y005.826/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 840 15 19 35 0.48 15 A3 –

6.7 15 21 35 0.48 15 A3 –9.6 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 15 23 79 0.80 15 A3 –13 15 25 79 0.80 15 A3 –

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 840 23 31 75 0.58 23 A3 –

6.7 23 33 75 0.58 23 A3 –9.6 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 27 41 124 0.77 27 A4 –13 27 48 124 0.77 27 A4 –


SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motorsIntermittent duty S4 - 25 %, 220 V/60 Hz


Y005.876/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 700 12 16 29 0.48 12 A2 B3

5.6 12 17 29 0.48 12 A2 B38 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 12 19 66 0.80 12 A3 –11 12 21 66 0.80 12 A3 –

SAR 30.1

4

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 700 19 26 62 0.48 19 A3 –

5.6 19 28 62 0.48 19 A3 –8 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 22 35 104 0.80 22 A3 –11 22 40 104 0.80 22 A3 –


SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motorsIntermittent duty S4 - 25 %, 230€V/50€Hz


Y005.889/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 700 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2

5.6 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B28 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B211 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 700 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3

5.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B38 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B311 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3




Y005.857/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 840 8.4 10.8 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B3

6.7 8.4 12 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B39.6 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 8.4 13 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B313 8.4 14 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 840

13 18 43 0.58 13 A2 B36.7 13 19 43 0.58 13 A2 B39.6 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 16 24 72 0.77 16 A3 –13 16 28 72 0.77 16 A3 –




Y005.877/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]






Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 700 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2

5.6 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B28 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B211 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 700 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3

5.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B38 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B311 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3




Y005.887/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 840 8.4 10.8 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B3

6.7 8.4 12 20 0.48 8.4 A2 B39.6

AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,6808.4 13 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B3

13 8.4 14 46 0.80 8.4 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 840

13 18 43 0.58 13 A2 B36.7 13 19 43 0.58 13 A2 B39.6 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 16 24 72 0.77 16 A3 –13 16 28 72 0.77 16 A3 –




Y005.878/001/de Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]






Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 700 6.4 8.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B2

5.6 6.4 9.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B28 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 6.4 10 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B211 6.4 11 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 700 10 14 33 0.58 10 A2 B3

5.6 10 15 33 0.58 10 A2 B38 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 12 18 55 0.77 12 A2 B311 12 21 55 0.77 12 A2 B3




Y005.886/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 840 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2

6.7 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B29.6 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B213 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 840

11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B36.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B39.6 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B313 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3


SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motorsIntermittent duty S4 - 25 %, 440€V/60 Hz


Y005.879/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 840 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2

6.7 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B29.6 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B213 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 840

11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B36.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B39.6 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B313 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3




Y005.880/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 840 6.4 8.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B2

6.7 6.4 9.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B29.6 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,680 6.4 10 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B213 6.4 11 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 840

10 14 33 0.58 10 A2 B36.7 10 15 33 0.58 10 A2 B39.6 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,680 12 18 55 0.77 12 A2 B313 12 21 55 0.77 12 A2 B3




Y005.881/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

2,000AD0R 90-8/130 1.1 700 5.3 6.8 13 0.48 5.3 A2 B2

5.6 5.3 7.6 13 0.48 5.3 A2 B28 AD0R 90-4/130 3.0 1,400 5.3 8.4 29 0.80 5.3 A2 B211 5.3 9.1 29 0.80 5.3 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4

4,000AD0R 112-8/140 2.2 700 8.4 11 27 0.58 8.4 A2 B3

5.6 8.4 12 27 0.58 8.4 A2 B38 AD0R 112-4/110 5.5 1,400 9.9 15 46 0.77 9.9 A2 B311 9.9 17 46 0.77 9.9 A2 B3




Y005.885/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

2,000AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 840 13 17 33 0.48 13 A2 –

6.7 13 19 33 0.48 13 A2 –9.6 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 12 17 70 0.80 12 A3 –13 12 19 70 0.80 12 A3 –

SAR 30.1

4.8

4,000AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 840 20 25 70 0.50 20 A3 –

6.7 20 27 70 0.50 20 A3 –9.6 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 21 27 114 0.81 21 A3 –13 21 29 114 0.81 21 A3 –


SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motorsIntermittent duty S4 - 50€%, 220 V/60€Hz


Y008.186/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]






Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 700 11 14 28 0.48 11 A2 –

5.6 11 16 28 0.48 11 A2 –8 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 10 14 59 0.80 10 A2 –11 10 16 59 0.80 10 A2 –

SAR 30.1

4

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 700 16 21 59 0.50 16 A3 –

5.6 16 22 59 0.50 16 A3 –8 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 17 22 95 0.81 17 A3 –11 17 24 95 0.81 17 A3 –


SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motorsIntermittent duty S4 - 50€%, 230€V/50€Hz


Y005.835/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nomi-nal

current2) IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 700 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3

5.6 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B38 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B311 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 700 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3

5.6 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B38 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –11 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –




Y005.839/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 840 7.7 9.6 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B3

6.7 7.7 11 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 7.2 9.6 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B313 7.2 11 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4.8

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 840

11 14 41 0.50 11 A2 –6.7 11 16 41 0.50 11 A2 –9.6 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 12 16 66 0.81 12 A3 –13 12 17 66 0.81 12 A3 –




Y005.841/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 700 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3

5.6 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B38 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B311 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 700 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3

5.6 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B38 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –11 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –




Y005.843/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 840 7.7 9.6 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B3

6.7 7.7 11 19 0.48 7.7 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 7.2 9.6 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B313 7.2 11 41 0.80 7.2 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4.8

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 840

11 14 41 0.50 11 A2 –6.7 11 16 41 0.50 11 A2 –9.6 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 12 16 66 0.81 12 A3 –13 12 17 66 0.81 12 A3 –




Y005.845/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)

Max. cur-rent3)

Imax [A]




Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 700 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B3

5.6 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B38 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B311 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 700 8.7 11 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B3

5.6 8.7 12 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B38 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 9.2 12 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B311 9.2 13 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B3




Y005.847/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 840 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3

6.7 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B313 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4.8

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 840

9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B36.7 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –13 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –


SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motorsIntermittent duty S4 - 50€%, 440€V/60 Hz


Y005.849/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]






Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 840 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3

6.7 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B313 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3

SAR 30.1

4.8

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 840

9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B36.7 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –13 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –




Y005.851/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4.8

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 840 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B3

6.7 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,680 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B213 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4.8

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 840

8.7 11 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B36.7 8.7 12 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B39.6 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,680 9.2 12 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B313 9.2 13 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B3




Y005.853/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Type

Output speed [rpm]



Speed [rpm]

Nominal current2)

IN (A)





Contactor Thyristor

SAR 25.1

4

1,400AD0Q 90-8/130 0.75 700 4.9 6.1 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B2

5.6 4.9 6.8 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B28 AD0Q 90-4/130 2.2 1,400 4.6 6.1 26 0.80 4.6 A2 B211 4.6 6.8 26 0.80 4.6 A2 B2

SAR 30.1

4

2,800AD0Q 112-8/140 1.5 700 7.2 9.1 26 0.50 7.2 A2 B3

5.6 7.2 9.9 26 0.50 7.2 A2 B38 AD0Q 112-4/110 4.0 1,400 7.6 9.9 42 0.81 7.6 A2 B311 7.6 11 42 0.81 7.6 A2 B3




Y005.855/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2

5 Dimensions Actuators/Actuator controls

Multi-turn actuators SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 / SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 with 3-phase AC current motor 172 SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UW / SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UW with 3-phase AC motors for continuous underwater use

174

Accessories Wall bracket AM 01.1/AM 02.1 176 Wall bracket AC 01.2 177 Control box CB 01.1 178 Electrical connection 179 Handwheels 183

5. D

imen

sion

s

A

ctua

tors

/con

trol

s

Dimensions SA 25.1/SAR 25.1 SA 30.1/SAR 30.1 SA 35.1 SA 40.1 SA 48.1

EN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7 F48A1 100 125 160 200 250

A2 5) 242 (269 5)) 251 (278 5)) 301 (328 5)) 301 (328 5)) 296 (323 5))A3 5) 282 (309 5)) 291 (318 5)) 341 (368 5)) 341 (368 5)) 336 (363 5))A4 105 182 223 243 –A5 135 150 170 190 –A6 116 116 116 116 116A7 39 39 39 39 39B1 5) 418 (445 5)) 452 (479 5)) 537 (564 5)) 577 (604 5)) 622 (649 5))B2 170 185 225 250 290

C1 max. 1) 518 742 816 840 970C2 313 345 458 487 523C3 94 94 94 94 94

Ø D max. 1) 230 265 265 265 305Ø D1 400 500 400 500 630Ø D2 G 4" G 5" M190 x 3 M220 x 3 M220 x 3Ø D3 114.3 x 4.5 139.87 x 4.85 193.7 x 6.3 219.1 x 6.3 219.1 x 6.3Ø D4 25 25 25 25 25

E 150 150 160 160 165E2 115 115 115 115 115H1 150 175 203 208 215H2 162 175 214 214 244H4 312 350 417 422 459L 39 46 39 46 46

P1 4) M25 x 1.5 Pg 21 M25 x 1.5 Pg 21 M25 x 1.5 Pg 21 M25 x 1.5 Pg 21 M25 x 1.5 Pg 21P2 4) M20 x 1.5 Pg 13.5 M20 x 1.5 Pg 13.5 M20 x 1.5 Pg 13.5 M20 x 1.5 Pg 13.5 M20 x 1.5 Pg 13.5P3 4) M32 x 1.5 Pg 29 M32 x 1.5 Pg 29 M32 x 1.5 Pg 29 M32 x 1.5 Pg 29 M32 x 1.5 Pg 29P4 4) M32 x 1.5 Pg 29 M40 x 1.5 Pg 36 M50 x 1.5 Pg 42 M50 x 1.5 Pg 42 M50 x 1.5 3) Pg 42 3)

BB1 min. 70 70 70 70 70BB2 min. 30 30 30 30 30

Ø a f7 30 30 40 40 40b 8 8 12 12 12

Ø d1 300 350 415 475 560Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300 – 370

Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406 483d4 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M30 8 x M36 12 x M36h 5 5 5 5 – 8t 33 33 43 43 43

1) Exact dimension depending on motor used2) On explicit order only3) For cable entry position, refer to outline drawing4) Steel conduit thread subject to explicit order5) Option: Enclosure protection IPxx-DS, cover for electrical connection with additional frame

with AUMA plug/socket connector S0

Ø D

1)

A6 A5

A7

Ø d2

Ø d1

P4

h A4 H

1H

2

Ø D

1

H4

Ø d3d4

A3 5)

P1P2

P3

A2 5)

Ø D3

Ø D2

C1 1) C2 C3

Ø D

4

A1

B2B1

5)

E2 E

BB2

BB1

Version 5): double sealed

Eyebolt

Base of SA without output drive type A

Indicator glass for mechanical position indicator 2)

Version for non rising stem

Protection tube for rising valve stem 2)

Space required for removal

Possible positioning ofplug cover at every 90°

Output drives according to EN ISO 5210, DIN 3210,DIN 3338, Dimensions see overleaf

b

L a

t

Handwheel shaft

Reduction frame SR

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

Dimensions Multi-turn actuators with 3-phase AC motors


Y000.068/003/en Issue 2.18 Page 1/2

Dimensions SA 25.1 SA 30.1 SA 35.1 SA 40.1 SA 48.1EN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7 F48F max. kN 380 460 875 1,375 2,000Ø d1 300 350 415 475 560Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300 – 370Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406 483d4 M16 M20 M30 M36 M36Ø d5 100 120 160 180 200

Ø d6 max. 7) Tr 95 ACME 3½“

Tr 115 ACME 4½“

Tr 155 ACME 5“ Tr 175 Tr 175

g 130 160 185 225 270h 5 5 5 8 – 8h3 20 25 38 45 45L 126 155.5 180 219 214Z 8 8 8 8 12

Weight kg 42 69 125 200 280

Dimensions SA 25.1 SA 30.1 SA 35.1 SA 40.1 SA 48.1

EN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7 F48b7 JS9 28 32 40 45 5)

Ø d7 H9 100 120 160 180 4)

Ø d10 max. 75 90 120 140 5)

h3 28 30 50 60 60L1 110 130 180 200 80t7 106.4 127.4 169.4 190.4 5)


EN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7 F48b10 JS9 14 18 22 28 28Ø d10 H9 50 60 80 100 100Ø d10 max. 75 90 120 140 160h3 28 30 50 60 60L1 110 130 180 200 180t10 53.8 64.4 85.4 106.4 106.4Weight kg 5.1 8.6 21.2 27.5 35.5


EN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7 F48b1 H11 30 40 45 50 85 6)

Ø d11 H11 64 75 105 125 140Ø d11 min. 50 60 80 100 –Ø d11 max. 2) 100 120 160 180 –d12 130 160 200 240 280h3 28 30 50 60 60h11 11 13 17 20 47

Stem nut

Arrangement of bores for screws d4

Hollow shaft with bore and keyway 3)

Output drive sleeve with bore and keyway

Dog coupling 3)

Type

EN ISO 5210 C = Ø d11

DIN 3338 C = Ø d11

For missing dimensions, refer to type A



SA 25.1 – SA 40.1 SA 48.1

t/t7

b/b7

d

h3

hL1

>

t/t10

d

b/b1

0

≥hL1

h3

d11

h

d12

h11

h3

b1

Type

EN ISO 5210 A

DIN 3210 A

Ø d5

Ø d6

Ø d2

Ø d3

Ø d1

Lg

h3h h

Z x d4≥

1) Dimensions b, t depend on Ø d, refer to DIN 6885-12) For rising valve stem Ø d11 max.= Ø d5 of type A3) Weight included in actuator4) Involute splines N210x5x40x9H DIN 54805) Bore with keyway: d = 180 mm; b = 32 mm; t = 187.4 mm6) Toleranz E97) Nominal diameter for trapezoidal thread Tr according to DIN 103 or ACME according to ANSI/ASME B 1.5

Type

EN ISO 5210 B1 d = d7 (b7/t7)

DIN 3210 B d = d7 (b7/t7)

EN ISO 5210 B2 1) d10 max. < d < d7

Type

EN ISO 5210 B3 d = d10 (b10/t10)

DIN 3210 E d = d10 (b10/t10)

EN ISO 5210 B4 1) d ≤ d10 max.

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

Dimensions Output drives according to EN ISO 5210, DIN 3338, DIN 3210

Y000.068/003/en Issue 2.18 Page 2/2


Ø D

4)

A6

A7

Ø d2

Ø d1

h

H1

H2

C1 4) C2A

1

B2B1

BB2

BB1

r 1) 2)

C3

H4

Ø d3d4

A3

A2

E2 E

P2 2) x S2

P1 1) x S1

S1/S2

r 3)

BB2

S3P3 3) x S3

Dimensions SA 25.1 SA 30.1

EN ISO 5210 F25 F30A1 100 125A2 290 299A3 340 349A6 116 116A7 39 39B1 470 504B2 170 185

C1 max. 4) 517 742C2 209 229C3 312 332

Ø D max. 4) 230 265E 150 150E2 115 115H1 180 212H2 162 175H4 342 387P1 1) M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5P2 2) M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5P3 3) M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5S1 71 71S2 98 98S3 71 71

BB1 min. 70 70BB2 min. 30 30

Ø d1 300 350Ø d2 f8 200 230

Ø d3 254 298d4 8 x M16 8 x M20h 5 5

1) Motor cable IN ≤ 30 A: Outer diameter approx. 12.1 mm, minimum bending radius r, fixed insta lation: 90 mm

2) Hybrid cable with control cables and CAN cables: Outer diameter approx. 21.7 mm, minimum bending radius r, fixed insta lation: 130 mm

3) Motor cable IN > 30 A:

Outer diameter approx. 14.7 mm, minimum bending radius r, fixed insta lation: 110 mm4) Exact dimension depending on motor used

with AUMA plug/socket connector

Eyebolt

Space required for removal

Output drives according to EN ISO 5210, DIN 3210For dimensions see overleaf

P3 motor cable versionfor IN exceeding 30 A

SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UW/SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UW

Dimensions Multi-turn actuators with 3-phase AC motors for continuous underwater use


Y008.172/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2

Dimensions SA 25.1 SA 30.1EN ISO 5210 F25 F30Ø d7 H9 100 120b7 JS9 28 32t7 106.4 127.4Ø d10 max. 75 90h3 29 30L1 110 130


EN ISO 5210 F25 F30Ø d10 H9 50 60b10 JS9 14 18t10 53.8 64.4Ø d10 max. 75 90h3 29 30L1 110 130Gewicht kg 5.1 8.6


EN ISO 5210 F25 F30Ø d8 g6 50 60b3 h9 14 18h3 29 30L2 3 3L3 100 110L4 110 120L5 117 127t2 53.5 64Gewicht kg 9.1 14.9

Bore with keyway

Output drive sleeve

Shaft end

For missing dimensions, refer to actuator



Type

EN ISO 5210 B1 d = d7 (b7/t7)

DIN 3210 B d = d7 (b7/t7)

EN ISO 5210 B2 1) d10 max. < d < d7

Type

EN ISO 5210 B3 d = d10 (b10/t10)

DIN 3210 E d = d10 (b10/t10)

EN ISO 5210 B4 1) d ≤ d10 max.

Type

EN ISO 5210 D

DIN 3210 D

h3

L1

b/b7

t/t7

d

≥h

h3

L1≥h

b/b1

0t/t10

d

h3L5 L4 L3

L2

d8

b3

t2

1) Dimensions b, t depend on Ø dy, refer to DIN 6885-1

SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UW/SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UW

Dimensions Output drives according to EN ISO 5210, DIN 3338, DIN 3210

Y008.172/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 2/2


D

E

BC

P

G

RA

OH

F K L

RH

G

N

Ø M4 x Ø 6,6

Dimensions AM 01.1 AM 02.1

A 97

B 227 282

C 27

D 100

E 354 409

F 172

G M25 x 1.5

H M32 x 1.5

K 235

L 171

M 115

N 115

O 12

P 115

R M20 x 1.5

Weight [kg] 7.5 9

AM 01.1/AM 02.1 actuator controls on wall bracket

Dimensions AM 01.1/AM 02.1 wall bracket


Y001.281/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

349

M20 x 1.5

M32 x 1.5M25 x 1.5

2x M25 x 1.54x M20 x 1.5

220 97

75

12

257

257

317

190 11

510

0 27

115

150

1)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2x M25 x 1.54x M20 x 1.5 1)

1)

148

148

144

265 173

115

4 x Ø7

Ø115

150

150

182

2)

385

150

2x M25 x 1.54x M20 x 1.5 1)

1) 148

1) Thread for steel conduit subject to explicit order.2) High housing cover only in combination with the options: - Switch gear A3 - Low temperature version with heating system - DC versions 24 V DC to 220 V DC - Mains voltage tolerance –30 % - Auxiliary voltage output 115 V AC

Version with f eldbus

Version with f eldbus FOC

Version with thermal overload relay

Version with Modbus TCP/IP

AC 01.2 actuator controls on wall bracket

Dimensions AC 01.2 wall bracket


Y006.197/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/1

t

Ø d1 A

H

b

h

A

H

b

h

B

B

Ø d1

t

Dimensions G3 G5 G7

A 210 210 300

B 380 500 760

H 380 500 760

b 322 442 702

Ø d1 4 x 10.2 4 x 10.2 4 x 10.2

h 410 530 790

t 10 10 10

Wall bracket support

Wall bracket support

Cam lock

Cam lock

Control box G3Mounting position in suspensionDoor stop on the right

Control box G5/G7Mounting position in suspensionDoor stop on the right

Cable entry

Cable entry

Control box CB 01.1

Dimensions Control box


Y006.722/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

SH-148

94

125

50

22 25

20 18

M25x1.5

M32

x1.5

M20

x1.5

M25x1.5

SH-026

105

Pg29

125

80

40P

g21

Pg13.5

Pg21

25 25

SH-080

25 25

3/4"NPT3/4"NPT

92

45

1 1/4"NPT

125

S0-105

29.5

15 22.5

M20x1.5

M25x1.5 M32x1.5

100

78

63.5

24

S0-080

29.5

15 22.5

3/4"NPT

3/4"NPT 1 1/4" NPT

100

78

63.5

24

SH-178

125

92

41

G1

1/4"

G3/

4"

G3/

4"G

1"

56

100

17 25

21 28

S0-003

29.5

15 22.5

Pg13.5

Pg21 Pg29

100

78

63.5

24

SH-105

94

125

50

22

20 18

M32

x1.5

M20

x1.5

M25x1.5

29.5

15 22.5

G3/4"

G3/4" G1 1/4"

100

78

63.5

24

S0-179

SA 07.2 – SA16.2/SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2/SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2SA 07.1 – SA 16.1/SAR 07.1 – SAR 16.1SG 05.1 – SG 12.1/SGR 05.1 – SGR 12.1AC 01.2AC 01.1AM 01.1 – AM 02.1

Note: AUMA order codes S0 and SH

Dimensions Electrical connection

Electrical connection Standard S and elevated terminal compartment SH


Y003.441/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/2


SE-105

M32x1.5

M25x1.5 M20x1.5

24 27

5725

73

105

SE-003

105

73

2557

Pg21 Pg13.5

24 27

Pg29

SE-080

105

73

2557

3/4"NPT 3/4"NPT

1 1/4"NPT

24 27

SE-179

105

73

2557

G3/4"G3/4"

G1 1/4"

24 27

Note: AUMA order code SE, further drilling templates on request

Dimensions Electrical connection

Electrical connection with enlarged terminal compartment

Y003.441/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 2/2



Note: AUMA order code SB/KB

SB-237KB-237

115

60

M20

x1,5

150

M40

x1,5

M40

x1,5

M20

x1,5

30 20

20 30

SB-247KB-247

30 30

150

M20

x1,5

M20

x1,5

18 18

M25

x1,5

M20x1,5

125

110

90

75

45

SB-138KB-138

90

42

3/4"

NP

T

150

1 1/

4"N

PT12

0

73

1 1/

4"N

PT

3/4"

NP

T

11 30

30 11

SB-253KB-253

150 7

x M

20x1

,5

125

98

71

32

18 18

30 30

SB-113KB-113

150

1"N

PT

3/4"

NP

T

115

80

57

34

1 1/

2"N

PT

1"N

PT

26 18

15,5 26

SB-188KB-188

150

M25

x1,5

M25

x1,5

M20

x1,5

120

70

34

25 25

SB-209KB-209

150

6 x

M20

x1,5

128

101

59

32

31 31

SB-224KB-224

150

1"N

PT

3/4"

NP

T3/

4"N

PT

120

72

35

25 25

SB-227KB-227

123

91

59

341

1/4"

NP

T

3/4"NPT

15,5 1"NPT

22,5 26,5

150

Dimensions Electrical connections

Electrical connection with elevated terminal compartment SB/KB


Y006.697/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2


Note: AUMA order code SB/KB

SB-228KB-228

123

91

59

34G

1 1/

4"

G3/4"

15,5 G1"

22,5 26,5

150

SB-248KB-248

92,8

39

1 1/

2"N

PT

150

1"N

PT

1"NPT

122,

9

63

14,5

18 26

SB-249KB-249

150

3/4"

NP

T3/

4"N

PT

124

96

68

32

M20

x1,5

18 18

30 30

1/2"

NP

TSB-254KB-254

150

G1"

G3/

4"

120

91

67

32

G1/2"

26 26

SB-261KB-261

150

G1

1/4"

G1

1/4"11

8

85

45

G1"

20 25

10

SB-262KB-262

150

1"N

PT

1 1/

2"N

PT12

3

97

45

1 1/

4"N

PT

26 22

9

SB-279KB-279

106

56

1 1/

2"N

PT

150

3/4"

NP

T

3/4"

NP

T1

1/4"

NP

T

61

125

18 29

29 21

SB-281KB-281

150

G3/

4"G

1 1/

2"114,

5

91

46

G1

1/2"

28,5 15,5

7,5

SB-102KB-102

150

Pg2

1P

g13,

5P

g13,

5

119

79

43

17 17

23 23

Dimensions Electrical connections

Electrical connection with elevated terminal compartment SB/KB

Y006.697/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2


H

d1

a

b

L1

Lc

Ø D

t

h

Ø

Ø D

1

Ø d

Dimensions (in mm) Weight

Ø D

mm inch Ø d H9 Ø D1 H L L1 a b C Ø d1 h t kg

125 5 12 34 83 36 18 19 4 34 15 13 13.8 0.25

125 5 16 34 83 36 18 19 5 34 15 13 18.3 0.25

160 6 12 34 103 40 20 20 4 34 20 14 13.8 0.40

160 6 ½ 16 34 103 40 20 20 5 34 20 14 18.3 0.40

160 6 ½ 20 34 103 40 20 20 6 34 20 14 22.8 0.40

200 8 16 40 108 45 24 25 5 40 20 17 18.3 1.1

200 8 20 40 108 45 24 25 6 40 20 17 22.8 1.1

250 10 16 48 113 50 28 30 5 48 20 21 18.3 1.4

250 10 20 48 113 50 28 30 6 48 20 21 22.8 1.4

315 12 ½ 20 56 150 56 33 33 6 56 25 23 22.8 1.8

315 12 ½ 30 56 150 56 33 33 8 56 25 23 33.3 1.7

400 16 20 70 157 63 38 37 6 70 25 26 22.8 2.9

400 16 30 70 157 63 38 37 8 70 25 26 33.3 2.8

500 20 30 82 166 72 45 40 8 82 25 28 33.3 4.5

500 20 40 82 166 72 45 40 12 82 25 28 43.3 4.5

630 25 30 98 169 75 45 45 8 98 25 31 33.3 7.7

630 25 40 98 169 75 45 45 12 98 25 31 43.3 7.5

800 31 ½ 30 98 185 90 55 45 8 130 25 31 33.3 10.5

800 31 ½ 40 98 185 90 55 45 12 130 25 31 43.3 10.5

Please state handwheel type and Ø D/d in mm when ordering (e.g. AHR 160-20).

AHR types made of cast aluminium alloy; colour: black

1) Ball handle Material: Polyamide Bearing pin and mounting f xtures made of stainless steel

Ball handle,

rotating 1)

Keyway according to

DIN 6885-1

AHR

Dimensions Handwheels


Y000.386/001/de Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

Spacer dimensions (in mm)

Type Ø D b Ø d h t

DS 20 4 12 3 13.8

DS 20 4 12 4 13.8

DS 30 5 16 2 18.3

DS 30 5 16 4 18.3

DS 30 6 20 2 22.8

DS 30 6 20 4 22.8

DS 30 6 20 5 22.8

DS 50 8 30 2 33.3

DS 50 8 30 5 33.3

DS 60 12 40 10 43.3

Spacer

CirclipCirclip

Hexagon screw

Washer

Spacer

Circlip

Spacer

Circlip Circlip

Material: Polyamide Colour: black Please state spacer type, Ø d and height h in mm when ordering(e.g. DS 20x5).

b

h Ø d

t Ø D

A B

C

Ball handle, rotating

AHR

Mounting proposals

Y000.386/001/de Issue 1.15 Page 2/2


Ø d

1

H

Ø d

L1

L

h

bt

Ø D

Dimensions (in mm)

Ø D Weight

mm inch Ø d D9 H L L1 b Ø d1 h t [kg]

160 6 ½ 16 100 40 20 5 20 18 18.3 1.35

160 6 ½ 20 100 40 20 6 20 18 22.8 1.35

200 8 20 101 41 20 6 20 22 22.8 2.5

250 10 20 102 42 20 6 20 26 22.8 3.9

250 10 30 110 50 28 8 20 26 33.3 3.9

315 12 ½ 20 148 56 33 6 25 28 22.8 6.3

315 12 ½ 30 148 56 33 8 25 28 33.3 6.2

400 16 30 154 63 38 8 25 32 33.3 9.7

400 16 40 154 63 38 12 25 32 43.3 9.6

500 20 30 156 65 38 8 25 34 33.3 15.6

500 20 40 156 65 38 12 25 34 43.3 15.5

630 25 30 161 70 38 8 25 36 33.3 21.7

630 25 40 161 70 38 12 25 36 43.3 21.6

800 31 ½ 30 183 92 55 8 25 36 33.3 29.4

Please state handwheel type and diameters Ø D/d in mm when ordering (e.g. GHR 160-20).

GHR types made of cast iron; colour: black

1) Ball handle Material: Polyamide Bearing pin and mounting fi xtures made of stainless steel

Ball handle, rotating 1)

GHR 160 – GHR 200

GHR 250 – GHR 500 GHR 630 – GHR 800

GHR

Dimensions Handwheels according to DIN 950


Y006.409/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/2

Spacer dimensions (in mm)

Type Ø D b Ø d h t

DS 20 4 12 3 13.8

DS 20 4 12 4 13.8

DS 30 5 16 2 18.3

DS 30 5 16 4 18.3

DS 30 6 20 2 22.8

DS 30 6 20 4 22.8

DS 30 6 20 5 22.8

DS 50 8 30 2 33.3

DS 50 8 30 5 33.3

DS 60 12 40 10 43.3

Spacer

Circlip

Circlip

Hexagon screw

Washer

Spacer

Circlip

Spacer

CirclipCirclip

Material: Polyamide Colour: black Please state spacer type, Ø d and height h in mm when ordering (e.g. DS 20x5).

b

h Ø d

t Ø D

A B

C

Ball handle, rotating

GHR

Mounting proposals

Y006.409/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/2


6 Dimensions Output drives

Valve attachments for actuators and gearboxes 188 Multi-turn actuators SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 / SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 Output drive type B1 25.2 – 40.2 plug sleeve 190 Output drive type B3D/ED 25.1 – 35.1 bore with keyway bottom, shaft end top 191 Output drive type IB1 07.2 – 25.2 192 Output drive type IB3 07.2 – 25.2 193 Output drive type A 25.2 – 60.2 stem nut standard version 194 Output drive type A 25.2 – 48.2 stem nut extended version 195 Output drive type D 25.2 – 48.2 shaft end 196 Output drive type DD 25.2 – 48.2 shaft end bottom and top 197 Output drive type AF 25.2 – 60.2 spring loaded stem nut 198 Output drive type AG 25.2 – 30.2 stem nut für oxygen application 199 Output drive type AK 25.2 – 35.2 200

6. D

imen

sion

s

Out

put d

rives

Flange abbreviation Dimensions (in mm) Quantity of screws and bolts

EN ISO 5210

EN ISO 5211

DIN 3210

EN ISO 52105211

DIN3210

EN ISO 52105211

DIN3210

EN ISO 52105211

DIN3210

EN ISO 52105211

DIN3210

ENI ISO 52105211

DIN3210

EN ISO 52105211

DIN 3210

DIN 3338

DIN3338

DIN3338

DIN3338

DIN3338

DIN3338

DIN 3338

Ø d1 Ø d1 Ø d2 Ø d2 Ø d3 (k) Ø d4 (d3) h1 max. h1 max.

– F03 – 46 – 25 – 36 – M5 – 3 – 4 –

– F04 – 54 – 30 – 42 – M5 – 3 – 4 –

– F05 – 65 – 35 – 50 – M6 – 3 – 4 –

F07 F07 – 90 – 55 – 70 – M8 – 3 – 4 –

F10 F10 G0 125 125 70 1) 60 1) 102 102 M10 M10 3 3 4 4

F12 F12 – 150 – 85 – 125 – M12 – 3 – 4 –

F14 F14 G1/2 175 175 100 100 140 140 M16 M16 4 4 4 4

F16 F16 G3 210 210 130 130 165 165 M20 M20 5 5 4 4

F25 F25 G4 300 300 200 1) 160 1) 254 254 M16 M16 5 5 8 8

F30 F30 G5 350 350 230 1) 180 1) 298 1) 300 1) M20 M20 5 5 8 8

F35 F35 G6 415 1) 410 1) 260 1) 220 1) 356 356 M30 M30 5 5 8 8

F40 F40 G7 475 475 300 1) 230 1) 406 406 M36 M36 8 8 8 8

– F48 – 560 – 370 – 483 – M36 – 8 – 12 –

– F60 – 686 – 470 – 603 – M36 – 8 – 20 –

Ø d2

Ø d3 (k)

Ø d1

Ø d2

Ø d3 (k)

Ø d1

(d3)Ø d4

(d3)Ø d4

h1

1) Deviating dimensions between EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211/DIN 3338 and DIN 3210

Comparison between EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211 and DIN 3210/DIN 3338

EN ISO 5210 Multi-turn valve actuator attachments

EN ISO 5211 Part-turn valve actuator attachments

DIN 3210 Output drives of electric actuators for valves (Standard withdrawn)

DIN 3338 Multi-turn actuator attachments, type C

Designations deviating from EN ISO

are indicated in brackets

EN ISO 5210 F07 – F16 F25 – F40 – –

EN ISO 5211 F03 – F16 F25 – F40 F48 F60

DIN 3210 G0 – G3 G4 – G7 – –

DIN 3338 F07 – F16 F25 – F40 – –

Arrangement of bores for screws Ø d4 (d3)

Actuator

Dimensions Valve attachments for actuators and gearboxes

EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211/DIN 3210/DIN 3338


Y000.023/003/en Issue 1.13 Page 1/2

Designation Torquetransmission

Thrust pos-sible

ApplicationEN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 DIN 3338

A A – X X rising, non-rotating valve stem

B 1B 2 B – X –

rotating, non-risingvalve stem or rising,

non-rotating valve stem

– C C X –rotating, non-risingvalve stem or rising,

non-rotating valve stem

– D – X –Operation via

lever arrangement orcoupling

B 3B 4 E – X – rotating, non-rising

valve stem

stem nut

Output drive plug sleeve

Dog coupling

Shaft end

Bore with keyway

Output drives for multi-turn actuators and gearboxes

EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210/DIN3338

Y000.023/003/en Issue 1.13 Page 2/2


Dimensions B1 25.2 B1 30.2 B1 35.2 B1 40.2

EN ISO 5210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7

B E9 36 55 70 85

H 19 28.5 35 50

R 2 3 3 3

b JS9 28 32 40 45

Ø d1 300 350 415 415 2) 475

Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300 1)

Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406

d4 M16 M20 M30 M36

Ø d5 129 155 199 239

Ø d7 H9 100 120 160 180

h 5 5 5 8

h3 28 30 50 60

t 106.4 127.4 169.4 190.4

Z 8 8 8 8

Output drive typeEN ISO 5210 B1

Ø d1

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d5

B

t

Z x d4

h

H R

h3h

d7

b

for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1

1) Without spigot2) Dimension not according to DIN 3210

B1 25.2 – B1 40.2

Dimension Output drive plug sleeve type B1


Y001.241/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/1

Dimensions B3D 25.2 ED 25.2 B3D 30.2 ED 30.2 B3D 35.2 ED 35.2

EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6

A 393 413 393 413 432 462 432 462 490

b JS9 14 18 22

b3 12 14 12 14 12 18 12 18 12

Ø d1 300 350 415 415 1)

Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220

Ø d3 254 298 300 356

d4 M16 M20 M30

Ø d8 g7 40 50 40 50 40 60 40 60 40

Ø d10 H9 50 60 80

h 5 5 5

h3 28 30 50

L1 120 130 140

L4 90 110 90 110 90 120 90 120 90

t 53.8 64.4 85.4

t2 43 53.5 43 53.5 43 64 43 64 43

Z 8 8 8

Output drive typeEN ISO 5210 B3D DIN 3210 ED

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d1t

Z x d4

t2

A

L4

b3

d8

h3h

d10

b

1) Maß nicht nach DIN 3210

SA 25.1 – SA 35.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 35.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1Dimensions Output drive types B3D/ED, bore with keyway bottom, shaft end top


Y006.732/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/1

1) with intermediate f ange for actuator mounting

Output drive typeISO 5210 IB1DIN 3210 IB

l1

Z x d445° offset for clarity purpose

Ø d2

Ø d3

Ø d1

h

h3

g

h

d7 b

t

Dimensions IB1 07.2 IB 07.2 IB1 10.2 IB 10.2 IB1 14.2 IB 14.2 IB1 16.2 IB 16.2 IB1 25.2 IB 25.2

ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F07 1) F10 1) G0 1) F10 G0 F14 G1/2 F16 G3 F25 G4

b JS9 8 12 12 18 22 28

Ø d1 90 125 125 180 210 300

Ø d2 f8 55 70 60 70 60 100 130 200 160

Ø d3 70 102 102 140 165 254

d4 M8 M10 M10 M16 M20 M16

Ø d7 H9 28 42 42 60 80 100

g 60 75 60 90 110 150

h 3 3 4 5 5

h3 16 20 20 30 35 30

l1 28 36 36 55 65 110

t 31.3 45.3 45.3 64.4 85.4 106.4

Z 4 4 4 4 8

for SA 07.1 – SA 25.1/SAR 07.1 – SAR 25.1 GK 10.2 – GK 25.2/GST 10.1 – GST 25.1

IB1 07.2 – IB1 25.2/IB 07.2 – IB 25.2

Dimensions Output drive type IB1/IB - insulated output drive


Y001.230/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

1) with intermediate f ange for actuator mounting

Output drive typeISO 5210 IB3DIN 3210 IE

Ø d2

Ø d3

Ø d1

hl1

d10

b

h3

g

h

Z x d445° offset for clarity purpose

t

Dimensions IB3 07.2 IE 07.2 IB3 10.2 IE 10.2 IB3 14.2 IE 14.2 IB3 16.2 IE 16.2 IB3 25.2 IE 25.2

ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F07 1) F10 1) G0 1) F10 G0 F14 G1/2 F16 G3 F25 G4

b JS9 5 6 6 8 12 14

Ø d1 90 125 125 180 210 300

Ø d2 f8 55 70 60 70 60 100 130 200 160

Ø d3 70 102 102 140 165 254

d4 M8 M10 M10 M16 M20 M16

Ø d10 H9 16 20 20 30 40 50

g 60 75 60 90 110 150

h 3 3 4 5 5

h3 16 20 20 30 35 30

l1 28 36 36 55 65 110

t 18.3 22.8 22.8 33.3 43.3 53.8

Z 4 4 4 4 8

for SA 07.1 – SA 25.1/SAR 07.1 – SAR 25.1 GK 10.2 – GK 25.2/GST 10.1 – GST 25.1

IB3 07.2 – IB3 25.2/IE 07.2 – IE 25.2

Dimensions Output drive type IB3/IE - insulated output drive


Y001.231/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d7

Ø d6

Ø d1h

h1

h3h

g

L

Z x d4

A 48.2 = 60°

A 60.2 = 45° + 315° 3)

45°

Dimensions A 25.2 A 30.2 A 35.2 A 40.2 A 48.2 A 60.2

EN ISO 5210 (EN ISO 5211) F25 F30 F35 F40 (F48) (F60)

F max. 1) [kN] 380 460 875 1375 2000 4000

Ø d1 300 350 415 475 560 686

Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300 370 470

Ø d3 254 298 356 406 483 603

d4 M16 M20 M30 M36 M36 M36


Tr 115 ACME 4½“

Tr 155 ACME 5“ Tr 175 Tr 175 Tr 180

Ø d7 130 140 200 230 230 230

g 130 160 185 225 270 415

h 5 5 5 8 8 8

h1 70 85 105 129 154 230

h3 20 25 38 45 45 55

L 126 155.5 180 219 214 367

Z 8 8 8 8 12 20

Weight [kg] 41 68 129 207 237 538

Output drive typeEN ISO 5210 A

1) Permissible axial load2) nominal diameter for trapezoidal thread Tr according to DIN 103 or ACME according to ANSI/ASME B 1.53) 2 grease nipples

Stem nut (A 48.2 and A 60.2 with involute splines)

Flange to actuator for A 60.2: F48 according to EN ISO 5211 Flange to gearbox for A 60.2: F60 according to EN ISO 5211

F max.1)

for SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 GK 25.2 – GK 40.2 GST 25.1 – GST 40.1 GHT 320.3 – GHT 1200.3

A 25.2 – A 60.2

Dimensions Output drive stem nut A standard version


Y003.442/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d7

Ø d6

Ø d1

h1

h3h

g

L

Z x d4

45°

L6

Dimensions A 25.2 A 30.2 A 35.2 A 40.2

EN ISO 5210 (EN ISO 5211) F25 F30 F35 F40

F max. 1) [kN] 380 460 875 1375

Ø d1 300 350 415 475

Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300

Ø d3 254 298 356 406

d4 M16 M20 M30 M36


Tr 115 ACME 4½“

Tr 155 ACME 5“ Tr 175

Ø d7 130 140 200 230

g 130 160 185 225

h 5 5 5 8

h1 70 85 105 129

h3 20 25 38 45

L 190 234 270 330

L6 64 78.5 90 111

Z 8 8 8 8

Weight [kg] 48 78 150 240

Output drive typeEN ISO 5210 A

1) Permissible axial load2) nominal diameter for trapezoidal thread Tr according to DIN 103 or ACME according to ANSI/ASME B 1.5

Stem nut

F max.1)

for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 GK 25.2 – GK 40.2 GST 25.1 – GST 40.1

A 25.2 – A 40.2

Dimensions Output drive stem nut type A extended version


Y001.234/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Dimensions D 25.2 D 30.2 D 35.2 D 40.2

EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7

Ø d1 300 350 415 415 2) 475

Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300 1)

Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406

d4 M16 M20 M30 M36

Ø d8 g7 50 60 80 100

b3 14 18 22 28

h 5 5 5 8

h3 28 30 50 60

L4 110 120 120 150

L5 117 126 125 162

t2 53.5 64 85 106

Z 8 8 8 8

1) Without spigot2) Dimension not according to DIN 3210

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d1

Z x d4

t2

b3

d8

L4L5

h

h3

Output drive typeDIN 3210 D

for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1

D 25.2 – D 40.2

Dimensions output drive type shaft end D


Y001.223/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/1


EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5

A 413 463

b3 14 18

Ø d1 300 350

Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180

Ø d3 254 298 300

d4 M16 M20

Ø d8 g7 50 60

h 5 5

h3 28 30

L4 110 120

L5 117 126

t2 53,5 64

Z 8 8

Output drive typeDIN 3210 DD

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d1

Z x d4

t2

L5 L4

A

L4

h3h

d8

b3

SA 25.1 – SA 30.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 30.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1Dimensions output drive type DD, shaft end bottom and top


Y000.548/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/1

Ø d6

Ø d2Ø d3

Ø d1

Z x d4h2h3

h

L

g

Ø d5

Dimensions AF 25.2 AF 30.2 AF 35.2 AF 40.2 AF 48.2 AF 60.2

EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211 F25 F30 F35 F40 F48 F60

F max. [kN] 1) 260 410 700 800 2630 2630

Ø d1 300 350 415 475 560 686

Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300 370 470

Ø d3 254 298 356 406 483 603

d4 M16 M20 M30 M36 M36 M36

Ø d5 88 104 152 180 181 181

Ø d6 max. 2) Tr 85 ACME 3“

Tr 100 ACME 4“

Tr 150 ACME 5“ Tr 175 Tr 180 Tr 180

g 216 252 315 400 585 585

h 5 5 5 8 7 7

h2 21 25 28 37 59 59

h3 20 25 38 45 50 55

L 142 172 210 258 375 375

Z 8 8 8 8 12 20

Weight [kg] 61 103 180 320 740 780

1) permissible axial load 2) nominal diameter for trapezoidal thread Tr according to DIN 103 or ACME according to ANSI/ASME B 1.5

F max.1)

Flange for mounting to multi-turn actuator/gearbox for AF 60.2:F48 according to ISO 5211

Output drive typeEN ISO 5210 AF

for SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 GK 25.2 – GK 40.2 GST 25.1 – GST 40.1 GHT 320.3 – GHT 1200.3

AF 25.2 – AF 60.2

Dimensions Output drive type AF - with spring loaded stem nut


Y003.026/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Dimensions AG 25.2 AG 30.2

EN ISO 5210 F25 F30F max. [kN] 1) 380 460

Ø d1 300 350Ø d2 f8 200 230

Ø d3 254 298d4 M16 M20


Tr 115 ACME 4½“

Ø d7 130 140g 130 160h 5 5h3 20 25L 126 155.5L1 190 234L6 64 78.5Z 8 8

Weight: Standard Version [kg] 43 70.5Weight: Extended Version [kg] 50 80.5

Output driveEN ISO 5210 AG

1) permissible axial load2) nominal diameter for trapezoidal thread Tr according to DIN 103 or ACME according to ANSI/ASME B 1.5

Ø d6

Ø d7

Ø d2

Ø d3

Ø d1

Z x d4

Lh>

L6

hh3

g

L1


F max.1)

AG 25.2 – AG 30.2

Dimensions Output drive AG stem nut for oxygen application


Y006.516/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

Ø d3

Ø d2

Ø d7

Ø d6

Ø d1

Z x d4

h3h

g

L

1° 1°

Ø d5

Dimensions AK 25.2 AK 30.2 AK 35.2 AK 40.2

EN ISO 5210 F25 F30 F35 F40

F max. [kN] 1) 380 460 875 1,100

Ø d1 300 350 415 475

Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300

Ø d3 254 298 356 406

d4 M16 M20 M30 M36

Ø d5 97 117 157 180


Tr 115 ACME 4½“

Tr 155 ACME 5“ Tr 175

Ø d7 128 156 195 230

g 216 252 315 400

h 5 5 5 8

h3 20 25 38 45

L 152 172 255 255.5

Z 8 8 8 8

Weight kg 61 103 180 320

Output drive typeEN ISO 5210 AK

1) Permissible axial load2) nominal diameter for trapezoidal thread Tr according to DIN 103 or ACME according to ANSI/ASME B 1.5

F max.1)

Pendulum motion (max.)


AK 25.2 – AK 40.2

Dimensions Output drive type AK


Y001.227/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/1

7 Spare parts lists

Multi-turn actuators SA 25.1 – SA 48.1 / SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 202 SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UW / SAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UW 204 Actuator controls AM 01.1 – AM 02.1 206 AC 01.2 208 AC 01.2 Fieldbus 210 AC 01.2 SIL 212

7. S

pare

par

ts li

sts

Y00

6.10

1/00

3/en

Issu

e 3.

17

Sp

are

par

ts li

st

Mu

lti-

turn

act

uat

ors

SA

25.

1 –

SA

48.

1S

AR

25.

1 –

SA

R 3

0.1

AU

MA

NO

RM

Please state device type and our order number (see name plate) when ordering spare parts. Only original AUMA spare parts should be used.Failure to use original spare parts voids the warranty and exempts AUMA from any liability. Representation of spare parts may slightly vary fromactual delivery.

TypeDesignationRef. no.TypeDesignationRef. no.

Screw plug539.0Sub-assemblyHousing001.0

Sub-assemblyHandwheel with ball handle542.0Sub-assemblyBearing flange002.0

Sub-assemblyOutput drive type B3/B4549.0Sub-assemblyHollow shaft003.0

Sub-assemblyOutput drive sleeve B3/B4549.1Drive shaft005.0

Parallel key551.1Motor coupling005.1

Mechanical position indicator553.0Sub-assemblyCoupling pin005.2

Sub-assemblyPotentiometer as position transmitter556.0Manual drive coupling005.3

Sub-assemblyPotentiometer without slip clutch556.1Sub-assemblyPull rope005.4

Heater557.0Worm wheel006.0

Sub-assemblyBlinker transmitter including pins at wires(without impulse disc and insulation plate)

558.0Sub-assemblyManual gearing009.0

Sub-assemblyElectromechanical control unit with switches,including torque switching heads

559.0–1Sub-assemblyTorque lever017.0

Sub-assemblyElectronic control unit with magnetic limitand torque transmitter (MWG)

559.0–2Antriebsrad Drehmomentschaltung018.0

Sub-assemblySwitch stack for direction OPEN560.0Crown wheel019.0

Sub-assemblySwitch stack for direction CLOSE560.0Swing lever020.0

Sub-assemblySwitch for limit/torque560.1Drive pinion II for torque switching022.0

Switch case560.2Sub-assemblyOutput drive wheel for limit switching023.0

Sub-assemblyRWG position transmitter566.0Sub-assemblyDrive wheel for limit switching024.0

Potentiometer for RWG without slip clutch566.1Sub-assemblyLocking plate025.0

Sub-assemblyPosition transmitter board for RWG566.2Sub-assemblyCable for protective earth058.0

Sub-assemblyCable set for RWG566.3Sub-assemblyMotor070.0

Slip clutch for potentiometer567.1Sub-assemblyPlanetary gearing for motor drive (for A...motor)

080.0

Stem protection tube (without cap)568.1Sub-assemblyReduction gearing155.0

Protective cap for stem protection tube568.2Sub-assemblyCover500.0

V-seal568.3Sub-assemblySocket carrier (complete with sockets)501.0

Threaded sleeve (for SA/SAR 25.1 and 30.1)568.4Sub-assemblyPin carrier without pins502.0

Sub-assemblyChange-over lever assy569.0Sub-assemblySocket for controls503.0

Change-over lever569.1Sub-assemblySocket for motor504.0

Notched pin569.2Sub-assemblyPin for controls505.0

Stem nut (without thread)575.1Sub-assemblyPin for motor506.0

Reduction frame602.0Sub-assemblyCover for electrical connection507.0

Sub-assemblyMotor connection603.0Sub-assemblyThreaded plug511.0

Sub-assemblyEWG position transmitter614.0Sub-assemblyOutput drive type A (without stem nut)514.0

MWG 05.03 cover627.0Sub-assemblyAxial needle roller bearing514.1

SetSeal kit, smallS1Radial seal for output drive type A514.2

SetSeal kit, largeS2Snap ring535.1


Y006.101/003/en Issue 3.17

SA 25.1 – SA 48.1SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1Spare parts list Multi-turn actuators AUMA NORM

Y00

8.11

9/00

3/en

Issu

e 1.

18

Sp

are

par

ts li

st

Mu

lti-

turn

act

uat

ors

SA

25.

1-U

W –

SA

30.

1-U

WS

AR

25.

1-U

W –

SA

R 3

0.1-

UW

AU

MA

NO

RM


TypeDesignationRef. no.TypeDesignationRef. no.

Sub-assemblyPin for controls505.0Sub-assemblyHousing001.0

Sub-assemblyPin for motor506.0Sub-assemblyBearing flange002.0

Sub-assemblyCover for electrical connection507.0Sub-assemblySolid shaft003.0

Sub-assemblyThreaded plug511.0Drive shaft005.0

Radial seal for output drive type A514.2Motor coupling005.1

Sub-assemblyOutput drive type D516.0Sub-assemblyCoupling pin005.2

Output drive shaft D516.1Worm wheel006.0

Retaining ring534.0Sub-assemblyManual gearing009.0

Snap ring535.1Sub-assemblyTorque lever017.0

Screw plug539.0Drive wheel for limit switching018.0

Sub-assemblyOutput drive type B3/E/B4549.0Crown wheel019.0

Sub-assemblyOutput drive sleeve B3/E/B4549.1Swing lever020.0

Parallel key551.1Drive pinion II for torque switching022.0

Heater557.0Sub-assemblyOutput drive wheel for limit switching023.0

Sub-assemblyElectromechanical control unit with switches,including torque switching heads

559.0Sub-assemblyDrive wheel for limit switching024.0

Slip clutch for potentiometer567.1Sub-assemblyLocking plate025.0

Double sealed frame582.0Sub-assemblyCable for protective earth058.0

Reduction frame602.0Sub-assemblyMotor070.0

Sub-assemblyMotor connection603.0Sub-assemblyPlanetary gearing for motor drive (for A...motor)

080.0

MWG 05.03 cover627.0Sub-assemblyCover500.0

Shim washer634.0Sub-assemblySocket carrier (complete with sockets)501.0

Deep groove ball bearing635.0Sub-assemblyPin carrier without pins502.0

SetSeal kit, smallS1Sub-assemblySocket for controls503.0

SetSeal kit, largeS2Sub-assemblySocket for motor504.0


Y008.119/003/en Issue 1.18

SA 25.1-UW – SA 30.1-UWSAR 25.1-UW – SAR 30.1-UWSpare parts list Multi-turn actuators AUMA NORM

Y00

0.44

0/00

3/en

Issu

e 1.

16

Sp

are

par

ts li

st

AU

MA

MA

TIC

AM

01.

1


TypeDesignationRef. no.

Housing001.0

Sub-assemblyLocal controls002.0

Sub-assemblySelector switch002.5

Sub-assemblySignal and control board003.0

Primary fuse F1/F2003.1

Fuse cover003.2

Carrier for contactors004.0

Sub-assemblyPower supply unit006.0

Secondary fuse F3006.1

Secondary fuse F4006.2

Sub-assemblyInterface board008.0

Interface board008.1

Cover plate for interface board008.2

Sub-assemblyLogic board009.0

Sub-assemblyAdapter board013.0

Sub-assemblyCover500.0

Sub-assemblySocket carrier (complete with sockets)501.0

Sub-assemblyPin carrier without pins502.0

Sub-assemblySocket for controls503.0

Sub-assemblySocket for motor504.0

Sub-assemblyPin for controls505.0

Sub-assemblyPin for motor506.0

Sub-assemblyCover for electrical connection507.0

Sub-assemblySwitchgear508.0

Padlock509.1

SetSeal kitS


Y000.440/003/en Issue 1.16

AM 01.1

Spare parts list AUMA MATIC

Y00

4.85

6/00

3/en

Issu

e 1.

16

Sp

are

par

ts li

st

AU

MA

TIC

AC

01.

2



Sub-assemblyHousing001.0


Sub-assemblyLocal controls board002.3

Display face plate002.4

Sub-assemblyPower supply006.0

Sub-assemblyI/O board008.1


Sub-assemblyRelay board011.1

Option board012.0

Sub-assemblySocket carrier complete with sockets501.0

Pin carrier without pins502.0





Sub-assemblyCover for electrical connection507.0


Sub-assemblyPadlock509.1

SetFuse kit510.0


SetSeal kitS


Y004.856/003/en Issue 1.16

AC 01.2

Spare parts list AUMATIC

Y00

5.06

7/00

3/en

Issu

e 1.

17

Sp

are

par

ts li

st

AU

MA

TIC

AC

01.

2F

ield

bus



Sub-assemblyHousing001.0


Sub-assemblyLocal controls board002.3

Face plate for display002.4

Sub-assemblyPower supply unit006.0

Fieldbus board008.1


Sub-assemblyRelay board011.1

Option board012.0

Sub-assemblyFieldbus connection board050.1


Sub-assemblySocket carrier (complete with sockets)501.0

Sub-assemblyPin carrier without pins502.0





Sub-assemblyElectrical connection for fieldbus without connection board (050.1)507.0

Sub-assemblyFrame for electrical connection507.1


Sub-assemblyPadlock509.1

SetFuse kit510.0


SetSeal kitS


Y005.067/003/en Issue 1.17

AC 01.2

Spare parts list AUMATIC Fieldbus

510.

0

611.

0

002.

0

S

S

508.

0

001.

0

011.

101

2.0

009.

000

8 .1

013.

1

002.

300

2.4

507.

0

502.

0

509.

1

501.

0

S

505.

050

3.0

506.

050

4.0

501.

0

S

006.

0

510.

0

Spar

e pa

rts

list

1.14

Y005

.688

/002

/en

AU

MA

TIC

AC

01.

2 SI

L

Please state type and order no. of the device (see name plate) when ordering spare parts. Only original AUMA spare parts should be used. Failure to use original spare parts voids the warranty and exempts AUMA from any liability. Delivered spare parts may slightly vary from the representation.

Ref. No. Designation Type

001.0 Housing Sub-assembly

002.0 Local controls Sub-assembly

002.3 Local controls board Sub-assembly

002.4 Face plate for display Sub-assembly

006.0 Power supply unit

008.1 I/O board Sub-assembly

009.0 Logic board

011.1 Relay board Sub-assembly

012.0 Option board Sub-assembly

013.1 I/O board SIL module

501.0 Socket carrier (complete with sockets) Sub-assembly

502.0 Pin carrier without pins

503.0 Socket for controls Sub-assembly

504.0 Socket for motor Sub-assembly

505.0 Pin for controls Sub-assembly

506.0 Pin for motor Sub-assembly

507.0 Cover for electrical connection Sub-assembly

508.0 Switchgear Sub-assembly

509.1 Padlock Sub-assembly

510.0 Fuse kit Set

611.0 Cover Sub-assembly

S Seal kit Set

AC 01.2 SIL Spare parts list AUMATIC

Y005.688/002/en Issue 1.14


8 Wiring diagrams

Actuators Selection of terminal plans TPA 216 Wiring diagram code TPA 220 Actuator controls AM 01.1/02.1 Selection of wiring diagrams for AM 01.1/AM 02.1 221 Legend for wiring diagrams AM 01.1/AM 02.1 225 Wiring diagram code MSP for AM 01.1/AM 02.1 228 Actuator controls AC 01.2 Selection of wiring diagrams for AC 01.2 229 Legend for wiring diagrams AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2 252 Wiring diagram code TPC for AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2/ACV 01.2 254

8. W

iring

dia

gram

s

Motor connections

Separate terminal plans are available for DC, brake and two-speed motors.

ATTENTION!

Complete protection of AUMA pot-type motors is only achieved when correctly wiring the thermoswitches, embedded in the winding

3-phase AC motorTPA00R... (TP.../...)

1-phase AC motorfor SG 05.1 – SG 12.1TPA16R... (1TP.../...)

1-phase AC motor withintegral operating capacitorTPA01R... (60TP.../...)

Linkslauf/Counterclockwise rotation

Rechtslauf/Clockwise rotationLinkslauf/Counterclockwise rotation

Rechtslauf/Clockwise rotation

1-phase AC motor 115 V AC with integralstart-up capacitor and start-up contactTPA02R... (61TP.../...)

1-phase AC motor 230 V AC with integralstart-up capacitor and start-up contactTPA03R... (62TP.../...)





S1S2

DSRDOEL

Torque switch, closing, clockwise rotationTorque switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation

S1/2S2/2

DSR1DOEL1

Torque switch in tandem arrangement with DSR/DOEL (TSC/TSO)

S3S4

WSRWOEL

Limit switch, closing, clockwise rotationLimit switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation

S3/2S4/2

WSR1WOEL1

Limit switch in tandem arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)

S6S7

WDRWDL

Limit switch, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions, adjustable

S6/2S7/2

WDR1WDL1

Limit switch, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions in tandem arrangement with WDR/WDL (LSA/LSB), adjustable

S5S17

BIHA

Blinker transmitterHandwheel activation switch

F1 TH Thermoswitch (motor protection); thermoswitch as standard for 1-phase and 3-phase motors only. Contacts open at 140 °C and close automatically once they have cooled down.

B1B2

IWGEWG/RWG

Inductive position transmitter 3-wire or 4-wire systemElectronic position transmitter 3-wire or 4-wire system

B3B4

IWGEWG/RWG

Inductive position transmitter 2-wire systemElectronic position transmitter 2-wire system

R1 H Heater in switch compartment

R2R2/2

f1f2

PotentiometerPotentiometer in tandem arrangement with R2

R3- PTC1 PTC thermistor (motor protection)

R4 H Motor heater

Terminal plans

TPA


Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/4

TPA00R1AA-001-000 (KMS TP100/001) TPA00R2AA-001-000 (KMS TP200/001)

TPA00R1AA-101-000 (KMS TP110/001) TPA00R2AA-101-000 (KMS TP210/001)

TPA00R1AA-3A1-000

TPA00R1AA-0E1-000 (KMS TP104/001)

TPA00R1AA-1E1-000 (KMS TP114/001)

Terminal plans

TPA

Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 2/4


TPA00R2AA-0EA-000 (KMS TP204/009)

TPA00R1AA-0C1-000 (KMS TP140/001)

TPA00R1BA-101-000 (KMS TP110/101)

TPA00R1AB-101-000 (KMS TP110/201)

TPA00R1AF-101-000 (KMS TP110/211)

Terminal plans

TPA


Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 3/4

TPA00R1BB-0H1-000 (KMS TP104/341)

TPA00R1BH-001-A30 (KMS 9TP100/331)

TPA00R1AH-101-A30 (KMS 9TP110/231)

Terminal plans

TPA

Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 4/4


Extract of wiring diagram code

Posi-tion

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Position TPA 0 0 R 1 A A - 1 0 1 - 0 0 0

1 + 2

00 AUMA 3-ph AC motor

01 AUMA 1-ph AC motor for SA .2/SQ .2

16 1-ph AC motor for SG .1

3R Clockwise closing

L Counterclockwise closing

41 1 thermoswitch 140 ° C (NC)

2 1 Kaltleiter

5

0 Without torque switches (MWG)

A 2 single switches (standard)

B 2 tandem switches

6

0 Without limit/intermediate switches (MWG)

A 2 single switches (standard) for end positions

B 2 tandem switches for end positions

7 - Reserve

8

0 Without signalling

1 With blinker transmitter

2 Manual operation switch with blinker trans-mitter

3 Manual operation switch without blinker transmitter

9

0 Without position transmitter

A Precision potentiometer

C1) Electronic position transmitter 2-wire system (EWG/RWG)

E1) Electronic position transmitter 3-wire or 4-wire system (EWG/RWG)

I2) Absolute encode for limit and torque sensing (MWG)

100 Without heater

1 110 V – 250 V (without controls) 24 V (with controls)

11 - Reserve

12 – 14 000 Without special units

Notes on table

1) C, E

2) I

When combined with SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1, valid for 2-wire RWG 5020 (Ex i) only

Only possible for SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 in FM (US) version


Multi-turn actuators

SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2 SA 07.2-UW – SA 16.2-UW; SAR 07.2-UW – SAR 16.2-UW SAV 07.2 – SAV 16.2; SARV 07.2 – SARV 16.2 SA 25.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1 SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2; SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2 SAVEx 07.2 – SAVEx 16.2; SARVEx 07.2 – SARVEx 16.2 SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1

Part-turn actuators

SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2; SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2 SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2; SQREx 05.2 – SQREx 14.2 SG 05.1 – SG 12.1; SGR 05.1 – SGR 12.1 SGExC 05.1 – SGExC 12.1

Wiring diagram code

TPA


Y005.292/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/1

AM 01.1/AM 01.2

Information on wiring diagram selection

General information This data sheet is used as supplement to wiring diagram selection for AM 01.1/AM 01.2 (Y002.905/001) Notes The wiring diagrams listed in the wiring diagram selection can be downloaded from our website

(www.auma.com). This manual includes examples of wiring diagrams for all control types in their basic

version.

The short designations (AM1 . . .etc.) are descriptive numberings.

AM1: Basic version

Reversing contactors, OPEN - STOP - CLOSE (24 V DC)MSP1110KC3--F18E1 TPA00R1AA-101-000

AM3: With position feedback signal (0/4 – 20mA) internally supplied (EWG/RWG within actuator)

Reversing contactors, OPEN - STOP - CLOSE (24 V DC)MSP1110KC3--F18E1 TPA00R1AA-1E1-000

AM4: With position feedback signal (0/4 – 20mA) internally supplied (EWG/RWG within actuator)

Thyristors, OPEN - STOP - CLOSE (24 V DC)MSP1110KC3--A18E1 TPA00R1AA-1E1-000

AM1W: Basic version on wall bracket

Reversing contactors, OPEN - STOP - CLOSE (24 V DC)MSP5110KC3--F18E1 TPA00R1AA-101-000

AM 01.1/AM 01.2

Wiring diagram selection


Y002.905/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

Code: AM1

Code: AM1W

Legend for actuator

S1 TSC Torque switch, closing, clockwise rotation

S2 TSO (DOEL) Torque switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation

S3 LSC (WSR) Limit switch, closing, clockwise rotation

S4 LSO (WOEL) Limit switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation

S1/2S2/2

DSR 1DOEL 1

Torque switches,in tandem arrangement with DSR/DOEL (TSC/TSO)

S3/2S4/2

WSR 1WOEL 1

Limit switches, in tandem arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)

S3/3S4/3

WSR 2WOEL 2

Limit switches, in triple arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)

S3/4S4/4

WSR 3WOEL 3

Limit switches, in quadruple arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)

S5 BL Blinker transmitter

S6S7

WDRWDL

Limit switches, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions, adjustable

S6/2S7/2

WDR 1WDL 1

Limit switches, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions in tandem arrangement with WDR/WDL (LSA/LSB)

B1/B2 EWG/RWGIWG

3-wire or 4-wire system/electronic position transmitter3-wire or 4-wire system/inductive position transmitter

B3/B4 EWG/RWGIWG

2-wire system/electronic position transmitter2-wire system/inductive position transmitter

F1 TH Thermoswitch

F1/2 TH Thermoswitches (signalisation)

R1 H Heater in switch compartment

R2 f1 Potentiometer

R2/2 f2 Potentiometer in tandem arrangement with R 2

R2/3 f3 Potentiometer in triple arrangement with R 2

R3 PTC 1 PTC thermistor

R3/2 PTC 2 PTC thermistor (indication)

R4 H Motor heater

Legend for AUMA MATIC

A1.0 Interface board

K5 - 8 Output contact; running indication via output contacts (opening and closing) in combination with blinker (S5) and signal board for running indication (A91)

A1.1 Special interface board

A1.6 Timer board

R10 Direction OPEN, pause time

R11 Direction OPEN, running time

R12 Direction CLOSE, pause time

R13 Direction CLOSE, running time

A1.8 Profi bus board, Modbus board

A2 Logic board

K9 Output contact/collect

A4 Overvoltage protection thyristors

A5 Thyristor board

A7 Positioner board

A8 Power supply board

F3, F4 Secondary fuses

A9 REMOTE change-over MANUAL - AUTOMATIC

A9.1 External release of local operation

AM 01.1/AM 02.1



Y004.118/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/3

A11 PTC tripping board

A13 Fieldbus connection board

A13.1 Profi bus DP and PTC tripping device

A13.2 Profi bus DP and PTC tripping device and reset contact

A17 Galvanic isolator

A20/A21 Signal and control board

S11/S11/2 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE

S11/3 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE 3rd level with spring return for test/reset/PTC tripping device

S12.1 Push button OPEN

S12.2 Push button STOP

S12.3 Push button CLOSE

S12.5 Push button EMERGENCY - STOP

H1 Indication light CLOSE

H2 Indication light OPEN

H3 Indication light FAULT

K3, K4 Control relay for reversing contactors:

F1, F2 FF fuse for semiconductors

A22 Galvanic isolator and REMOTE change-over MANUAL - AUTOMATIC

A24 Board for storing the collective fault signal 3 s

A25 Signal and control board with EMERGENCY - STOP

A32 Overvoltage board for Profi bus/Modbus

A33 External change-over LOCAL - REMOTE, without selector switch

A35 Heater monitoring

A66 REMOTE change-over for MANUAL - FIELDBUS

A67 Profi bus with electronic blinker transmitter

A88 Heater system board

A91 K10, K11 Signal board for running indication

Signal board for running indication (opening and closing) in combination with blinker transmitter (S5)

B5 Adjustment board for position transmitter

CB Permanent split capacitor (1 to 3 units)

F1‘, F2‘ Primary fuses for power supply

F7 Thermal overload relay

K1, K2 Reversing contactors

Q1 Disconnect switch

Q2 Motor protection switch

R5 Heater in AUMA MATIC

U1 - U4 Semiconductors (thyristors)

V14 LED, (phase sequence), phase failure, motor protection tripped

V15 LED, torque switch operated in mid-travel

V21 Stepping mode active in direction CLOSE

V22 Stepping mode active in direction OPEN

V35 LED, command CLOSE available from control room

V36 LED, command OPEN available from control room

V37 LED, STOP command available from control room

V38 LED, command EMERGENCY available from control room

XK Customer connection

XA Actuator connection

XM Connection for AUMA MATIC (wall bracket)

AM 01.1/AM 02.1


Y004.118/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/3


Supplementary information

Information A Running indication is possible for installed blinker transmitter (S5) (opening and closing)

Running direction CLOSE: Sockets XK 6 - XK 7

Running direction OPEN: Sockets XK 6 - XK 8

Contacts remain closed in end position. For switching off/on the running indication (blinker transmitter), refer to operation instructions.

Information B The valve manufacturer specifi es the type of seating in the end positions. Setting is performed using program-ming switches S1-2 and S3-2 (refer to operation instructions). Tripping of a torque switch in mid-travel leads to switching off and generates a fault signal. For torque seating, the limit switches are used for signalliing. They have to be set as to ensure that the respective switch trips shortly before reaching the end position. If the torque switch trips before the limit switch, the actuator is switched off and a fault signal generated.

Information D The following fault signals are recorded and can be sent as potential-free collective fault signal to the control room. • Mains failure • Phase failure • Motor protection tripped • Torque switch tripped in mid-travel (on/off switch refer to operation instructions).

Information E Input signals according to DIN 19240.

Nominal operating current of inputs XK 2; XK 3 and XK 4 amounts to 10 – 15 mA. Should the internal 24 VDC power supply be used for remote control, switching is only possible via potential-free contacts.

Information F In case of wrong phase sequence, the running direction is adjusted by automatic phase inversion. During phase failure, the multi-turn actuator is at standstill. The failure is indicated at LED V14 of the interface board.

Information G Potential-free contacts can be used for signals. The internal control voltage (XK 11/+24 V or XK 5/–24V) must not be used for external lights, relays etc.

AM 01.1/AM 02.1



Y004.118/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/3


Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Position MSP 1 1 1 0 K C 3 - - F 1 8 E 1

1. Housing

1 Basic version

5 AM on wall bracket

2. Connector type, connector version

1 Plug/socket connector (basic version)

B In combination with fieldbus

3. Motor type

1 3-phase AC motor

D 1-phase AC motor

4 Control version

0 Interface board in basic version

7 In combination with positioner

- Fieldbus

5. Input signals of interface board

K Alternatively remote commands OPEN - STOP - CLOSE/OPEN - CLOSE

0 In combination with positioner or fieldbus

6 Output signals of interface board

C Potential-free end position signal OPEN - CLOSE and signal LOCAL - REMOTE - COLLECTIVE FAULT SIGNAL

0 In combination with positioner or fieldbus

7. Input level at interface board

3 Alternatively internal/external control voltage 24 V DC

- Input level in combination with positioner or fieldbus

8 Programming of control logic and blinker transmitter

- Standard

1 Profibus DP

7 Modbus RTU

9. Power supply unit

- Standard

10. Switchgear

F Reversing contactors

A Thyristor unit for 3-phase AC motors

Z Thyristor unit for 1-phase AC motors

11. Selector switch

1 Single selector switch

2 Selector switch 2nd level level Signalisation LOCAL/AUTOMATIC (required for positioner)

12 Control elements

8 Push-buttons OPEN – STOP – CLOSE and indication lights OPEN – FAULT – CLOSED

13 Heater and blinker transmitter

E Basic version heater

14. Motor protection

1 Basic version (thermoswitches)

AM 01.1/AM 02.1

Wiring diagram code


Y005.291/003/en Issue 1.17 Page 1/1

AC 01.2

Information on wiring diagram selection

General information This data sheet is used as supplement to wiring diagram selection for AC 01.2 (Y004.868/001) Notes The wiring diagrams listed in the wiring diagram selection can be downloaded from our website

(www.auma.com). This manual includes examples of wiring diagrams for all control types in their basic

version.

The short designations (A1 etc.) are descriptive numberings.

I/O interface

A1: With position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)

TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A2: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)

TPCA-1B1-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), 6 programmable output con-tacts1)

TPCA-1B1-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)

TPCA-1B1-1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A1N: With position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A2N: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), 6 programmable out-put contacts1) TPCA-1B1-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3N: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), 6 programmable output con-tacts1) TPCA-1B1-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCA-1B1-1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A4N: With PID process controller and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), actual value (0/4 – 20 mA),6 programmable output contacts1) TPCA-2B1-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

A5N: With position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, INTERLOCK CLOSE, INTERLOCK OPEN, 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCA-0D1-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

Prof bus DP

A2DP: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors, Profi busTPCAA000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3DP: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), Profi busTPCAA000-1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAA000-1A3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A2NDP: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors, Profi busTPCAA000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3NDP: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), Profi busTPCAA000-1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAA000-1A3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)


AC 01.2



Y004.868/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/5

Prof bus DP combined with I/O interface

A4DP: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAA121-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5DP: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)

TPCAA121-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAA121-1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A4NDP: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)

TPCAA121-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5NDP: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAA121-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAA121-1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Prof net PN

A3PN: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), Profi netTPCAN000K1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAN000K1A3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A3NPN: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), Profi netTPCAN000K1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAN000K1A3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Only possible in combination with thyristors

Prof net PN combined with I/O interface

A5PN: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2), Profi netTPCAN121K1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAN121K1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A5NPN: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), Profi netTPCAN121K1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAN121K1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Only possible in combination with thyristors

Modbus RTU

A2MB: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors, ModbusTPCAC000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3MB: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), ModbusTPCAC000-1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC000-1A3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A2NMB: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors, ModbusTPCAC000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3NMB: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), ModbusTPCAC000-1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC000-1A3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)


AC 01.2


Y004.868/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/5


Modbus RTU combined with I/O interface

A4MB: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC121-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5MB: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC121-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC121-1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A4NMB: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)


TPCAC121-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5NMB: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC121-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC121-1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Modbus TCP/IP

A2MBTCP: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors, Modbus TCP/IPTPCAC000-1A1-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3MBTCP: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), Modbus TCP/IPTPCAC000-1A2-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC000-1A3-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A2NMBTCP: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors, Modbus TCP/IPTPCAC000-1A1-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3NMBTCP: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), Modbus TCP/IPTPCAC000-1A2-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC000-1A3-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Modbus TCP/IP combined with I/O interface

A4MBTCP: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC121-1A1-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5MBTCP: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC121-1A2-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC121-1A3-A5E0 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A4NMBTCP: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)


TPCAC121-1A1-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5NMBTCP: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC121-1A2-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC121-1A3-A5E0 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)


AC 01.2



Y004.868/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/5

Foundation Fieldbus FF

A2FF: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors, Foundation Fieldbus FFTPCAF000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3FF: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), Foundation Fieldbus FFTPCAF000-1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAF000-1A3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A2NFF: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors, Foundation Fieldbus FFTPCAF000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3NFF: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), Foundation Fieldbus FFTPCAF000-1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAF000-1A3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Foundation Fieldbus FF combined with I/O interface

A4FF: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAF121-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5FF: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAF121-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAF121-1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A4NFF: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)


TPCAF121-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5NFF: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAF121-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAF121-1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

HART Actuator

A2HRT: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors, HART actuatorTPCAI000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3HRT: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), HART actuatorTPCAI000-1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAI000-1A3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A2NHRT: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors, HART actuatorTPCAI000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3NHRT: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2), HART actuatorTPCAI000-1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAI000-1A3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)


AC 01.2


Y004.868/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/5


HART actuator combined with I/O interface

A4HRT: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAI041-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5HRT: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAI041-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAI041-1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A4NHRT: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)


TPCAC041-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5NHRT: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAC041-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAC041-1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

HART Current Output

A2HRTCO: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors, HART Current OutputTPCAJ000-1A1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A3HRTCO: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2), HART Current OutputTPCAJ000-1A2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAJ000-1A3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)

A2NHRTCO: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)

Reversing contactors, HART Current OutputTPCAJ000-1A1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)


Thyristors2), HART actuatorTPCAJ000-1A2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAJ000-1A3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

HART Current Output with I/O interface

A4HRTCO: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version

Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAJ14D-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)

A5HRTCO: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)

Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAJ14D-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAJ14D-1C3-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)



TPCAJ14D-1C1-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)


Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1) TPCAJ14D-1C2-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)

TPCAJ14D-1C3-A000 TPA00R100-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

1) Standard assignment: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN

2) Thyristor unit (recommended for modulating actuators)

3) Refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 and SQ .2/SQR .2 with 3-phase AC motors

AC 01.2



Y004.868/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/5

Code: A1

Code: A2DP

Code: A4DP

Code: A3PN

Code: A5PN

Code: A2MB

Code: A4MB

Code: A2MBTCP

Code: A4MBTCP

Code: A2FF

Code: A4FF

Code: A2HRT

Code: A4HRT

Code: A2HRTCO

Code: A4HRTCO


K1 - 6 Output contacts


K7 - K12 Output contacts

A1.8 F ieldbus board

A2 Logic board

A4 Overvoltage protection thyristors

R 1 - R 4 V aristors

A9 Local controls

S1 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - R EMOT E

S2 Push button OPEN

S3 Push button ST OP

S4 Push button CLOSE

S5 Push button R ESET

V 1 - V 5 Indication lights

V 6 Bl uetooth

LCD Graphic display

A13 Fi eldbus connection board

A32 Overvoltage protection board for fi eldbus

A52 Control board

F5 F use (for external supply 24 V D C)

A52.1 Option board

A58 Power supply unit

F3 , F4 Secondary fuses

A88 Heater system board

A88.1 Motor heater fuse

A90 Wi relessHAR T Adapter

B2 /B4 EWG /R W G Electronic position transmitter

B6 MWG Magnetic limit and torque transmitter

F1 , F2 Primary fuses for power supply

F1 T H T hermoswitches

F7 T hermal overload relay

K0 Contactor for all-pole disconnection of thyristors

K1, K2 R eversing contactors

Q 1 D isconnect switch

Q 2 Motor protection switch

R 1 H Heater in switch compartment

R 2 f1 Potentiometer

R 2/2 f2 Potentiometer in tandem arrangement with R 2

R 3 PT C1 PT C thermistor

R 4 H Motor heater

R 5 H Heater in AUMAT IC

S0 EMER GENCY stop button (latching)

S1 T SC T orque switch, closing, clockwise rotation

S2 T SO (D OEL) T orque switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation

S3 LSC (WSR ) Limit switch, closing, clockwise rotation

S4 LSO (W OEL) Limit switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation

S1/2S2/2

D SR 1D OEL 1

T orque switches in tandem arrangement with D SR /D OEL (T SC/T SO)

AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2

Legend AUMATIC


Y004.869/003 Issue 2.14 Page 1/2

S3/2S4/2

WSR 1W OEL 1

Limit switches in tandem arrangement with WSR /W OEL (LSC/LSO)

S3/3S4/3

WSR 2W OEL 2

Limit switches in triple arrangement with WSR /W OEL (LSC/LSO)

S6S7

WD RWD L

Limit switches, D UO, for 2 intermediate positions, adju stable

S6/2S7/2

WD R 1WD L 1

Limit switches, D UO, for 2 intermediate positions in tandem arrangement with WD R /WD L (LSA/LSB)

S17 HA Handwheel activation switch

XK Customer connection

XA Actuator connection

AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2

Legend AUMATIC

Y004.869/003 Issue 2.14 Page 2/2



Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Position I/O interface TPC A – 0 A 1 – 1 C 1 – A 0 0 0

Profibus DP TPC A A 0 0 0 – 1 A 1 – A 0 0 0

1 Controls type

A AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2

H ACV 01.2/ACVExC

2 Interface to the distributed control system

– I/O interface

A Profibus DP

C Modbus RTU/Modbus TCP/IP

F Foundation Fieldbus

I HART Connection Type: Actuator

J HART Current Output

N Profinet

3 Analogue inputs

0 Without

1 4 – 20 mA for positioner

A With 2 free analogue inputs

4 Digital inputs

A CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY

B With positioner: MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY

0 Without

1 With 4 free digital inputs

2 With 6 inputs: MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O interface

4 With 5 inputs: CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O interface

5 Output contacts, position and torque feedback signals (0/4 – 20 mA)

1 / D 5 NO contacts, 1 change-over contact, position feedback signal torque feedback signal (in combination with MWG)

0 Without

6 Additional equipment

– Without

K Profinet, 2xIEEE 802.3

7 Local controls

1 Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET, selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE, display, 5 indication lights

8 Auxiliary voltage for supply of digital inputs

A Without

C 24 V DC

9 Switchgear

1 Reversing contactors max. AUMA power class A3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC motor)

2 Thyristors max. AUMA power class A3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC motor)

3 Thyristors max. AUMA power class B3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC motor)

4 Thyristors with additional tripping max. AUMA power class B2 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC motor)

5 Thyristors with additional tripping max. AUMA power class B3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC motor)

E Power electronics 1-ph1)

F Power electronics 3-ph1)


AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2/ACV 01.2/ACVExC 01.2

Wiring diagram code


Y005.293/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 1/2


Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Position I/O interface TPC A – 0 A 1 – 1 C 1 – A 0 0 0

Profibus DP TPC A A 0 0 0 – 1 A 1 – A 0 0 0

10 Motor protection evaluation

– Thermoswitches (standard for AC 01.2), refer to wiring diagram TPA

1 Thermoswitch with thermal overload relay

– PTC thermistors with tripping device (standard for ACExC), refer to TPA terminal plan

11 Heater

A Internally supplied within the switch compartment of the actuator

12 – 14 Control elements

000 Without

A20 KP suitable wiring

5E0 Modbus TCP/IP

5EF Modbus TCP/IP Ex

410 Profibus Ex

460 Profibus Ex, KP suitable wiring

Notes on tables on page 1

1) In combination with ACV 01.2 only.

AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2/ACV 01.2/ACVExC 01.2

Wiring diagram code

Y005.293/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 2/2


F05 – F014 . SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2Swing angle: djustable between 75° and < 105° . IP 68 . SQ 05.2 SQ 07.2 . Turns for 90°: 11 – 70 EMC: (2004/108/EG) (2006/42/EG)

. Enclosure protection according to EN 60529. F05 Valve attachment EN ISO 5211 F05 F07 F12 F14 . KS, KX, KX-G . 50 Hz, 60 Hz Position feedback signal, analogue (options) Potentiometer or 0/4 – 20 mA (RWG)

Standard voltages: 3-phase AC current - voltages/frequencies Volt 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 . Hz 50 . Intermittent duty S4 - 25 % . IP 68Power depending on the size 12.5 – 25 W . Weight approx. 44 kg . SQR 07.2 Valve attachment Standard EN ISO 5211. Option DIN3210. SQ 07.2 - F05. KSSwing angle: 75° to < 105°, 15° to < 45°, 45° to < 75°, 105° to < 135° . IP 68Ambient temperature –40 °C to +80 °C. Category III according to IEC60364-4-443. F05

3-ph AC asynchronous motor , type IM B9 according to IEC 60034 . Blinker transmitterSQR 12.2 . 3-ph AC asynchronous motor IM B9 . Min. 75 Nm Max. 300 NmPower tool for emergency operation with square 30 mm Standard Metric threads, square bore, bore with two-flats . IP 68

SQR 05.2: F05,F07. SQR 07.2: F07, F10. SQR 10.2: F10, F12 .

SQR 12.2: F12, F14.SQR 14.2: F14, F16. Handwheel lockable Options: F, tropicalized Handwheel Ø 160 mm

Thermoswitches (NC)50 Hz 60 Hz

SQR 07.2Weight approx. 21 kg . AUMA Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %

F05, SQR 07.2: F07,F10. SQR 07.2:

F07, F10.SQR 10.2:F10. SQR14.2: F14.

SQR 14.2: F14 SQR14.2: F16.

AC 01.2 Actuator controls

External supply 24 V DC +20 %/–15 %Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA NO contacts max. 250 V AC , 5 A . Bluetooth

class II . Control voltage 24 V DC . Profibus. SPPKS, KX . Current consumption 380 to 500 V AC

Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET . IP 68 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE . Default

configuration: End position CLOSED, Torque fault OPEN . Thyristor unit . 5 potential-free NO contacts

Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443 . Pollution degree 4 . Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA

AC 01.2 Actuator controls . Bluetooth class II

Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET Current consumption 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA

Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443 . Thyristor unit Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE . NO contacts max. 250 V AC, 5 A

Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET. –25 °C to +70 °C . 12 output contactsPermissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 % . IEC 60068-2-6 1 g, from 10 Hz to 200 Hz

Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA . Output signals: 5 potential-free NO contactsStandard voltages: 3-phase AC current voltages/frequencies . Volt 380, 400, 415, 440, 460, 480, 500 . Hz 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 50 . Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE . Graphic LC display

1-phase AC current voltages/frequencies . Volt 110, 115, 120, 220, 230, 240 . Hz 60, 50 . AUMA NE 107 . Chip AUMA CDT Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA . Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN . F16 . IP 68

Special voltages: 3-phase AC current voltages/frequencies Volt 525, 575, 660, 690 . 1-phase AC current voltages/frequencies Volt 208. Hz 50, 50, 50, 50 Hz 60 . 24 V DC +20 %/–15 %

PID EMERGENCY Stop TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000 . Control voltage 24 V

SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2 Speed 4 – 216 1/min.

Torque range S2-15 minS2-30 min. F07. Valve attachment. F10. Min. 10 [Nm] . Max. 710 [Nm] Max. Ø rising. stem 26 mm . Pulse

duration . Weight approx. 19 kgHandwheel Ø 160 [mm] . Reduction ratio 11:1 8:1 . Handwheel lockable . Insulation

class Standard: F, tropicalized. F16. 3-ph AC asynchronous motor, type IM B9

according to IEC 60034. AUMAF07, F10. Terminal plan

TPA00R1AA-001-000 F14, F16 . 60 Hz . IP 68

SA07.2. Valve attachment Standard: B1 according to EN ISO 5210 . Type of duty: Standard: Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %

RWG 0/4 – 20 mA . Options: A, B2, B3, B4 according to EN ISO 5210Turns per stroke: 2 to 500 . Ambient temperature –40 °C to +80 °C

IP 68 . (EMC): (2004/108/EG) , (2006/42/EG) . Weight approx. 19 kg50 Hz . F10 . AUMA . Self-locking. SAR07.2: 19/20 . SAR07.6: 20/21 SAR10.2: 22/25 . Enclosure protection according to EN 60529 IP 68. Volt

220, 230, 240, 380, 400, 415, Hz 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60AUMA . Category III according to IEC 60364- 4-443 Power tool for emergency operation with square 30mm or 50 mm. F07,F 10, F14 IP 68 Standard: Intermittent duty

S4 - 25 %SAR14.2:

SAR14.6:SAR16.2:

Finish coating Two-component iron-mica

combination

44/48;46/53;

67/79/83;Powder paint

21/25;

Certificate Registration No.12 100/104 4269

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION 2018SA 25.1 – SA 48.1SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1AM 01.1 / AM 02.1 AC 01.2

ELEC

TRIC

MU

LTI-T

URN

AC

TUA

TORS

FO

R H

IGH

TO

RQU

E RE

QU

IREM

ENTS

TEC

HN

ICA

L D

OC

UM

ENTA

TIO

N 2

018

ELECTRIC MULTI-TURN ACTUATORSfor industrial valve automations with high torque requirements

Subject to changes without notice. The product features and technical data provided do not express or imply any warranty. Y006.534/003/en/1.18

AUMA Riester GmbH & Co. KGAumastr. 1D-79379 MuellheimTel +49 7631-809-0 Fax +49 [email protected]

AUMA subsidiaries or representatives are implanted in more than 70 countries. For detailed contact information, please refer to www.auma.com

titel_grossantriebe_2018_en_ruecken_18mm.indd Alle Seiten 05.03.2018 06:33:37

electric multi-turn actuators - auma · electric multi-turn actuators for high torque requirements...

Documents